1 // arm.cc -- arm target support for gold.
3 // Copyright 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 // Written by Doug Kwan <dougkwan@google.com> based on the i386 code
5 // by Ian Lance Taylor <iant@google.com>.
6 // This file also contains borrowed and adapted code from
9 // This file is part of gold.
11 // This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
13 // the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
14 // (at your option) any later version.
16 // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
17 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
19 // GNU General Public License for more details.
21 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 // along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
23 // Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
24 // MA 02110-1301, USA.
38 #include "parameters.h"
45 #include "copy-relocs.h"
47 #include "target-reloc.h"
48 #include "target-select.h"
52 #include "attributes.h"
53 #include "arm-reloc-property.h"
60 template<bool big_endian
>
61 class Output_data_plt_arm
;
63 template<bool big_endian
>
66 template<bool big_endian
>
67 class Arm_input_section
;
69 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind
;
71 class Arm_exidx_merged_section
;
73 class Arm_exidx_fixup
;
75 template<bool big_endian
>
76 class Arm_output_section
;
78 class Arm_exidx_input_section
;
80 template<bool big_endian
>
83 template<bool big_endian
>
84 class Arm_relocate_functions
;
86 template<bool big_endian
>
87 class Arm_output_data_got
;
89 template<bool big_endian
>
93 typedef elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr Arm_address
;
95 // Maximum branch offsets for ARM, THUMB and THUMB2.
96 const int32_t ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((((1 << 23) - 1) << 2) + 8);
97 const int32_t ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((-((1 << 23) << 2)) + 8);
98 const int32_t THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((1 << 22) -2 + 4);
99 const int32_t THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (-(1 << 22) + 4);
100 const int32_t THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (((1 << 24) - 2) + 4);
101 const int32_t THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (-(1 << 24) + 4);
103 // Thread Control Block size.
104 const size_t ARM_TCB_SIZE
= 8;
106 // The arm target class.
108 // This is a very simple port of gold for ARM-EABI. It is intended for
109 // supporting Android only for the time being.
112 // - Implement all static relocation types documented in arm-reloc.def.
113 // - Make PLTs more flexible for different architecture features like
115 // There are probably a lot more.
117 // Ideally we would like to avoid using global variables but this is used
118 // very in many places and sometimes in loops. If we use a function
119 // returning a static instance of Arm_reloc_property_table, it will very
120 // slow in an threaded environment since the static instance needs to be
121 // locked. The pointer is below initialized in the
122 // Target::do_select_as_default_target() hook so that we do not spend time
123 // building the table if we are not linking ARM objects.
125 // An alternative is to to process the information in arm-reloc.def in
126 // compilation time and generate a representation of it in PODs only. That
127 // way we can avoid initialization when the linker starts.
129 Arm_reloc_property_table
*arm_reloc_property_table
= NULL
;
131 // Instruction template class. This class is similar to the insn_sequence
132 // struct in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
137 // Types of instruction templates.
141 // THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE is used by sub-classes of Stub for instruction
142 // templates with class-specific semantics. Currently this is used
143 // only by the Cortex_a8_stub class for handling condition codes in
144 // conditional branches.
145 THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
,
151 // Factory methods to create instruction templates in different formats.
153 static const Insn_template
154 thumb16_insn(uint32_t data
)
155 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB16_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
157 // A Thumb conditional branch, in which the proper condition is inserted
158 // when we build the stub.
159 static const Insn_template
160 thumb16_bcond_insn(uint32_t data
)
161 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 1); }
163 static const Insn_template
164 thumb32_insn(uint32_t data
)
165 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB32_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
167 static const Insn_template
168 thumb32_b_insn(uint32_t data
, int reloc_addend
)
170 return Insn_template(data
, THUMB32_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
,
174 static const Insn_template
175 arm_insn(uint32_t data
)
176 { return Insn_template(data
, ARM_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
178 static const Insn_template
179 arm_rel_insn(unsigned data
, int reloc_addend
)
180 { return Insn_template(data
, ARM_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
, reloc_addend
); }
182 static const Insn_template
183 data_word(unsigned data
, unsigned int r_type
, int reloc_addend
)
184 { return Insn_template(data
, DATA_TYPE
, r_type
, reloc_addend
); }
186 // Accessors. This class is used for read-only objects so no modifiers
191 { return this->data_
; }
193 // Return the instruction sequence type of this.
196 { return this->type_
; }
198 // Return the ARM relocation type of this.
201 { return this->r_type_
; }
205 { return this->reloc_addend_
; }
207 // Return size of instruction template in bytes.
211 // Return byte-alignment of instruction template.
216 // We make the constructor private to ensure that only the factory
219 Insn_template(unsigned data
, Type type
, unsigned int r_type
, int reloc_addend
)
220 : data_(data
), type_(type
), r_type_(r_type
), reloc_addend_(reloc_addend
)
223 // Instruction specific data. This is used to store information like
224 // some of the instruction bits.
226 // Instruction template type.
228 // Relocation type if there is a relocation or R_ARM_NONE otherwise.
229 unsigned int r_type_
;
230 // Relocation addend.
231 int32_t reloc_addend_
;
234 // Macro for generating code to stub types. One entry per long/short
238 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_any) \
239 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb) \
240 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only) \
241 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb) \
242 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
243 DEF_STUB(short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
244 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_arm_pic) \
245 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_thumb_pic) \
246 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic) \
247 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic) \
248 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic) \
249 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only_pic) \
250 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b_cond) \
251 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b) \
252 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_bl) \
253 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_blx) \
254 DEF_STUB(v4_veneer_bx)
258 #define DEF_STUB(x) arm_stub_##x,
264 // First reloc stub type.
265 arm_stub_reloc_first
= arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
,
266 // Last reloc stub type.
267 arm_stub_reloc_last
= arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
,
269 // First Cortex-A8 stub type.
270 arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
,
271 // Last Cortex-A8 stub type.
272 arm_stub_cortex_a8_last
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
,
275 arm_stub_type_last
= arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
279 // Stub template class. Templates are meant to be read-only objects.
280 // A stub template for a stub type contains all read-only attributes
281 // common to all stubs of the same type.
286 Stub_template(Stub_type
, const Insn_template
*, size_t);
294 { return this->type_
; }
296 // Return an array of instruction templates.
299 { return this->insns_
; }
301 // Return size of template in number of instructions.
304 { return this->insn_count_
; }
306 // Return size of template in bytes.
309 { return this->size_
; }
311 // Return alignment of the stub template.
314 { return this->alignment_
; }
316 // Return whether entry point is in thumb mode.
318 entry_in_thumb_mode() const
319 { return this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
; }
321 // Return number of relocations in this template.
324 { return this->relocs_
.size(); }
326 // Return index of the I-th instruction with relocation.
328 reloc_insn_index(size_t i
) const
330 gold_assert(i
< this->relocs_
.size());
331 return this->relocs_
[i
].first
;
334 // Return the offset of the I-th instruction with relocation from the
335 // beginning of the stub.
337 reloc_offset(size_t i
) const
339 gold_assert(i
< this->relocs_
.size());
340 return this->relocs_
[i
].second
;
344 // This contains information about an instruction template with a relocation
345 // and its offset from start of stub.
346 typedef std::pair
<size_t, section_size_type
> Reloc
;
348 // A Stub_template may not be copied. We want to share templates as much
350 Stub_template(const Stub_template
&);
351 Stub_template
& operator=(const Stub_template
&);
355 // Points to an array of Insn_templates.
356 const Insn_template
* insns_
;
357 // Number of Insn_templates in insns_[].
359 // Size of templated instructions in bytes.
361 // Alignment of templated instructions.
363 // Flag to indicate if entry is in thumb mode.
364 bool entry_in_thumb_mode_
;
365 // A table of reloc instruction indices and offsets. We can find these by
366 // looking at the instruction templates but we pre-compute and then stash
367 // them here for speed.
368 std::vector
<Reloc
> relocs_
;
372 // A class for code stubs. This is a base class for different type of
373 // stubs used in the ARM target.
379 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset
=
380 static_cast<section_offset_type
>(-1);
383 Stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
)
384 : stub_template_(stub_template
), offset_(invalid_offset
)
391 // Return the stub template.
393 stub_template() const
394 { return this->stub_template_
; }
396 // Return offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
400 gold_assert(this->offset_
!= invalid_offset
);
401 return this->offset_
;
404 // Set offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
406 set_offset(section_offset_type offset
)
407 { this->offset_
= offset
; }
409 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
410 // stub. This must be defined in a child class.
412 reloc_target(size_t i
)
413 { return this->do_reloc_target(i
); }
415 // Write a stub at output VIEW. BIG_ENDIAN select how a stub is written.
417 write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
418 { this->do_write(view
, view_size
, big_endian
); }
420 // Return the instruction for THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template
421 // for the i-th instruction.
423 thumb16_special(size_t i
)
424 { return this->do_thumb16_special(i
); }
427 // This must be defined in the child class.
429 do_reloc_target(size_t) = 0;
431 // This may be overridden in the child class.
433 do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
436 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<true>(view
, view_size
);
438 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<false>(view
, view_size
);
441 // This must be overridden if a child class uses the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
442 // instruction template.
444 do_thumb16_special(size_t)
445 { gold_unreachable(); }
448 // A template to implement do_write.
449 template<bool big_endian
>
451 do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char*, section_size_type
);
454 const Stub_template
* stub_template_
;
455 // Offset within the section of containing this stub.
456 section_offset_type offset_
;
459 // Reloc stub class. These are stubs we use to fix up relocation because
460 // of limited branch ranges.
462 class Reloc_stub
: public Stub
465 static const unsigned int invalid_index
= static_cast<unsigned int>(-1);
466 // We assume we never jump to this address.
467 static const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(-1);
469 // Return destination address.
471 destination_address() const
473 gold_assert(this->destination_address_
!= this->invalid_address
);
474 return this->destination_address_
;
477 // Set destination address.
479 set_destination_address(Arm_address address
)
481 gold_assert(address
!= this->invalid_address
);
482 this->destination_address_
= address
;
485 // Reset destination address.
487 reset_destination_address()
488 { this->destination_address_
= this->invalid_address
; }
490 // Determine stub type for a branch of a relocation of R_TYPE going
491 // from BRANCH_ADDRESS to BRANCH_TARGET. If TARGET_IS_THUMB is set,
492 // the branch target is a thumb instruction. TARGET is used for look
493 // up ARM-specific linker settings.
495 stub_type_for_reloc(unsigned int r_type
, Arm_address branch_address
,
496 Arm_address branch_target
, bool target_is_thumb
);
498 // Reloc_stub key. A key is logically a triplet of a stub type, a symbol
499 // and an addend. Since we treat global and local symbol differently, we
500 // use a Symbol object for a global symbol and a object-index pair for
505 // If SYMBOL is not null, this is a global symbol, we ignore RELOBJ and
506 // R_SYM. Otherwise, this is a local symbol and RELOBJ must non-NULL
507 // and R_SYM must not be invalid_index.
508 Key(Stub_type stub_type
, const Symbol
* symbol
, const Relobj
* relobj
,
509 unsigned int r_sym
, int32_t addend
)
510 : stub_type_(stub_type
), addend_(addend
)
514 this->r_sym_
= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
;
515 this->u_
.symbol
= symbol
;
519 gold_assert(relobj
!= NULL
&& r_sym
!= invalid_index
);
520 this->r_sym_
= r_sym
;
521 this->u_
.relobj
= relobj
;
528 // Accessors: Keys are meant to be read-only object so no modifiers are
534 { return this->stub_type_
; }
536 // Return the local symbol index or invalid_index.
539 { return this->r_sym_
; }
541 // Return the symbol if there is one.
544 { return this->r_sym_
== invalid_index
? this->u_
.symbol
: NULL
; }
546 // Return the relobj if there is one.
549 { return this->r_sym_
!= invalid_index
? this->u_
.relobj
: NULL
; }
551 // Whether this equals to another key k.
553 eq(const Key
& k
) const
555 return ((this->stub_type_
== k
.stub_type_
)
556 && (this->r_sym_
== k
.r_sym_
)
557 && ((this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
558 ? (this->u_
.relobj
== k
.u_
.relobj
)
559 : (this->u_
.symbol
== k
.u_
.symbol
))
560 && (this->addend_
== k
.addend_
));
563 // Return a hash value.
567 return (this->stub_type_
569 ^ gold::string_hash
<char>(
570 (this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
571 ? this->u_
.relobj
->name().c_str()
572 : this->u_
.symbol
->name())
576 // Functors for STL associative containers.
580 operator()(const Key
& k
) const
581 { return k
.hash_value(); }
587 operator()(const Key
& k1
, const Key
& k2
) const
588 { return k1
.eq(k2
); }
591 // Name of key. This is mainly for debugging.
597 Stub_type stub_type_
;
598 // If this is a local symbol, this is the index in the defining object.
599 // Otherwise, it is invalid_index for a global symbol.
601 // If r_sym_ is invalid index. This points to a global symbol.
602 // Otherwise, this points a relobj. We used the unsized and target
603 // independent Symbol and Relobj classes instead of Sized_symbol<32> and
604 // Arm_relobj. This is done to avoid making the stub class a template
605 // as most of the stub machinery is endianity-neutral. However, it
606 // may require a bit of casting done by users of this class.
609 const Symbol
* symbol
;
610 const Relobj
* relobj
;
612 // Addend associated with a reloc.
617 // Reloc_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
618 Reloc_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
)
619 : Stub(stub_template
), destination_address_(invalid_address
)
625 friend class Stub_factory
;
627 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
630 do_reloc_target(size_t i
)
632 // All reloc stub have only one relocation.
634 return this->destination_address_
;
638 // Address of destination.
639 Arm_address destination_address_
;
642 // Cortex-A8 stub class. We need a Cortex-A8 stub to redirect any 32-bit
643 // THUMB branch that meets the following conditions:
645 // 1. The branch straddles across a page boundary. i.e. lower 12-bit of
646 // branch address is 0xffe.
647 // 2. The branch target address is in the same page as the first word of the
649 // 3. The branch follows a 32-bit instruction which is not a branch.
651 // To do the fix up, we need to store the address of the branch instruction
652 // and its target at least. We also need to store the original branch
653 // instruction bits for the condition code in a conditional branch. The
654 // condition code is used in a special instruction template. We also want
655 // to identify input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround quickly. We store
656 // extra information about object and section index of the code section
657 // containing a branch being fixed up. The information is used to mark
658 // the code section when we finalize the Cortex-A8 stubs.
661 class Cortex_a8_stub
: public Stub
667 // Return the object of the code section containing the branch being fixed
671 { return this->relobj_
; }
673 // Return the section index of the code section containing the branch being
677 { return this->shndx_
; }
679 // Return the source address of stub. This is the address of the original
680 // branch instruction. LSB is 1 always set to indicate that it is a THUMB
683 source_address() const
684 { return this->source_address_
; }
686 // Return the destination address of the stub. This is the branch taken
687 // address of the original branch instruction. LSB is 1 if it is a THUMB
688 // instruction address.
690 destination_address() const
691 { return this->destination_address_
; }
693 // Return the instruction being fixed up.
695 original_insn() const
696 { return this->original_insn_
; }
699 // Cortex_a8_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
700 Cortex_a8_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
, Relobj
* relobj
,
701 unsigned int shndx
, Arm_address source_address
,
702 Arm_address destination_address
, uint32_t original_insn
)
703 : Stub(stub_template
), relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
),
704 source_address_(source_address
| 1U),
705 destination_address_(destination_address
),
706 original_insn_(original_insn
)
709 friend class Stub_factory
;
711 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
714 do_reloc_target(size_t i
)
716 if (this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
)
718 // The conditional branch veneer has two relocations.
720 return i
== 0 ? this->source_address_
+ 4 : this->destination_address_
;
724 // All other Cortex-A8 stubs have only one relocation.
726 return this->destination_address_
;
730 // Return an instruction for the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
732 do_thumb16_special(size_t);
735 // Object of the code section containing the branch being fixed up.
737 // Section index of the code section containing the branch begin fixed up.
739 // Source address of original branch.
740 Arm_address source_address_
;
741 // Destination address of the original branch.
742 Arm_address destination_address_
;
743 // Original branch instruction. This is needed for copying the condition
744 // code from a condition branch to its stub.
745 uint32_t original_insn_
;
748 // ARMv4 BX Rx branch relocation stub class.
749 class Arm_v4bx_stub
: public Stub
755 // Return the associated register.
758 { return this->reg_
; }
761 // Arm V4BX stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
762 Arm_v4bx_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
, const uint32_t reg
)
763 : Stub(stub_template
), reg_(reg
)
766 friend class Stub_factory
;
768 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
771 do_reloc_target(size_t)
772 { gold_unreachable(); }
774 // This may be overridden in the child class.
776 do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
779 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write
<true>(view
, view_size
);
781 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write
<false>(view
, view_size
);
785 // A template to implement do_write.
786 template<bool big_endian
>
788 do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type
)
790 const Insn_template
* insns
= this->stub_template()->insns();
791 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
793 + (this->reg_
<< 16)));
794 view
+= insns
[0].size();
795 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
796 (insns
[1].data() + this->reg_
));
797 view
+= insns
[1].size();
798 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
799 (insns
[2].data() + this->reg_
));
802 // A register index (r0-r14), which is associated with the stub.
806 // Stub factory class.
811 // Return the unique instance of this class.
812 static const Stub_factory
&
815 static Stub_factory singleton
;
819 // Make a relocation stub.
821 make_reloc_stub(Stub_type stub_type
) const
823 gold_assert(stub_type
>= arm_stub_reloc_first
824 && stub_type
<= arm_stub_reloc_last
);
825 return new Reloc_stub(this->stub_templates_
[stub_type
]);
828 // Make a Cortex-A8 stub.
830 make_cortex_a8_stub(Stub_type stub_type
, Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
,
831 Arm_address source
, Arm_address destination
,
832 uint32_t original_insn
) const
834 gold_assert(stub_type
>= arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
835 && stub_type
<= arm_stub_cortex_a8_last
);
836 return new Cortex_a8_stub(this->stub_templates_
[stub_type
], relobj
, shndx
,
837 source
, destination
, original_insn
);
840 // Make an ARM V4BX relocation stub.
841 // This method creates a stub from the arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx template only.
843 make_arm_v4bx_stub(uint32_t reg
) const
845 gold_assert(reg
< 0xf);
846 return new Arm_v4bx_stub(this->stub_templates_
[arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
],
851 // Constructor and destructor are protected since we only return a single
852 // instance created in Stub_factory::get_instance().
856 // A Stub_factory may not be copied since it is a singleton.
857 Stub_factory(const Stub_factory
&);
858 Stub_factory
& operator=(Stub_factory
&);
860 // Stub templates. These are initialized in the constructor.
861 const Stub_template
* stub_templates_
[arm_stub_type_last
+1];
864 // A class to hold stubs for the ARM target.
866 template<bool big_endian
>
867 class Stub_table
: public Output_data
870 Stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
)
871 : Output_data(), owner_(owner
), reloc_stubs_(), reloc_stubs_size_(0),
872 reloc_stubs_addralign_(1), cortex_a8_stubs_(), arm_v4bx_stubs_(0xf),
873 prev_data_size_(0), prev_addralign_(1)
879 // Owner of this stub table.
880 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
882 { return this->owner_
; }
884 // Whether this stub table is empty.
888 return (this->reloc_stubs_
.empty()
889 && this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.empty()
890 && this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.empty());
893 // Return the current data size.
895 current_data_size() const
896 { return this->current_data_size_for_child(); }
898 // Add a STUB with using KEY. Caller is reponsible for avoid adding
899 // if already a STUB with the same key has been added.
901 add_reloc_stub(Reloc_stub
* stub
, const Reloc_stub::Key
& key
)
903 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
904 gold_assert(stub_template
->type() == key
.stub_type());
905 this->reloc_stubs_
[key
] = stub
;
907 // Assign stub offset early. We can do this because we never remove
908 // reloc stubs and they are in the beginning of the stub table.
909 uint64_t align
= stub_template
->alignment();
910 this->reloc_stubs_size_
= align_address(this->reloc_stubs_size_
, align
);
911 stub
->set_offset(this->reloc_stubs_size_
);
912 this->reloc_stubs_size_
+= stub_template
->size();
913 this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
=
914 std::max(this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
, align
);
917 // Add a Cortex-A8 STUB that fixes up a THUMB branch at ADDRESS.
918 // Caller is reponsible for avoid adding if already a STUB with the same
919 // address has been added.
921 add_cortex_a8_stub(Arm_address address
, Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
)
923 std::pair
<Arm_address
, Cortex_a8_stub
*> value(address
, stub
);
924 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.insert(value
);
927 // Add an ARM V4BX relocation stub. A register index will be retrieved
930 add_arm_v4bx_stub(Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
)
932 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
&& this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[stub
->reg()] == NULL
);
933 this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[stub
->reg()] = stub
;
936 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
938 remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
940 // Look up a relocation stub using KEY. Return NULL if there is none.
942 find_reloc_stub(const Reloc_stub::Key
& key
) const
944 typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.find(key
);
945 return (p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
948 // Look up an arm v4bx relocation stub using the register index.
949 // Return NULL if there is none.
951 find_arm_v4bx_stub(const uint32_t reg
) const
953 gold_assert(reg
< 0xf);
954 return this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[reg
];
957 // Relocate stubs in this stub table.
959 relocate_stubs(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
960 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, Output_section
*,
961 unsigned char*, Arm_address
, section_size_type
);
963 // Update data size and alignment at the end of a relaxation pass. Return
964 // true if either data size or alignment is different from that of the
965 // previous relaxation pass.
967 update_data_size_and_addralign();
969 // Finalize stubs. Set the offsets of all stubs and mark input sections
970 // needing the Cortex-A8 workaround.
974 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range.
976 apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
977 unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
981 // Write out section contents.
983 do_write(Output_file
*);
985 // Return the required alignment.
988 { return this->prev_addralign_
; }
990 // Reset address and file offset.
992 do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
993 { this->set_current_data_size_for_child(this->prev_data_size_
); }
995 // Set final data size.
997 set_final_data_size()
998 { this->set_data_size(this->current_data_size()); }
1001 // Relocate one stub.
1003 relocate_stub(Stub
*, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
1004 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, Output_section
*,
1005 unsigned char*, Arm_address
, section_size_type
);
1007 // Unordered map of relocation stubs.
1009 Unordered_map
<Reloc_stub::Key
, Reloc_stub
*, Reloc_stub::Key::hash
,
1010 Reloc_stub::Key::equal_to
>
1013 // List of Cortex-A8 stubs ordered by addresses of branches being
1014 // fixed up in output.
1015 typedef std::map
<Arm_address
, Cortex_a8_stub
*> Cortex_a8_stub_list
;
1016 // List of Arm V4BX relocation stubs ordered by associated registers.
1017 typedef std::vector
<Arm_v4bx_stub
*> Arm_v4bx_stub_list
;
1019 // Owner of this stub table.
1020 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner_
;
1021 // The relocation stubs.
1022 Reloc_stub_map reloc_stubs_
;
1023 // Size of reloc stubs.
1024 off_t reloc_stubs_size_
;
1025 // Maximum address alignment of reloc stubs.
1026 uint64_t reloc_stubs_addralign_
;
1027 // The cortex_a8_stubs.
1028 Cortex_a8_stub_list cortex_a8_stubs_
;
1029 // The Arm V4BX relocation stubs.
1030 Arm_v4bx_stub_list arm_v4bx_stubs_
;
1031 // data size of this in the previous pass.
1032 off_t prev_data_size_
;
1033 // address alignment of this in the previous pass.
1034 uint64_t prev_addralign_
;
1037 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind class. This represents an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
1038 // we add to the end of an EXIDX input section that goes into the output.
1040 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind
: public Output_section_data
1043 Arm_exidx_cantunwind(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
1044 : Output_section_data(8, 4, true), relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
)
1047 // Return the object containing the section pointed by this.
1050 { return this->relobj_
; }
1052 // Return the section index of the section pointed by this.
1055 { return this->shndx_
; }
1059 do_write(Output_file
* of
)
1061 if (parameters
->target().is_big_endian())
1062 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<true>(of
);
1064 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<false>(of
);
1068 // Implement do_write for a given endianity.
1069 template<bool big_endian
>
1071 do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file
*);
1073 // The object containing the section pointed by this.
1075 // The section index of the section pointed by this.
1076 unsigned int shndx_
;
1079 // During EXIDX coverage fix-up, we compact an EXIDX section. The
1080 // Offset map is used to map input section offset within the EXIDX section
1081 // to the output offset from the start of this EXIDX section.
1083 typedef std::map
<section_offset_type
, section_offset_type
>
1084 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
;
1086 // Arm_exidx_merged_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section
1087 // with some of its entries merged.
1089 class Arm_exidx_merged_section
: public Output_relaxed_input_section
1092 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
1093 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
1094 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
1095 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
1096 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
1097 Arm_exidx_merged_section(
1098 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section
,
1099 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map
,
1100 uint32_t deleted_bytes
);
1102 // Return the original EXIDX input section.
1103 const Arm_exidx_input_section
&
1104 exidx_input_section() const
1105 { return this->exidx_input_section_
; }
1107 // Return the section offset map.
1108 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
&
1109 section_offset_map() const
1110 { return this->section_offset_map_
; }
1113 // Write merged section into file OF.
1115 do_write(Output_file
* of
);
1118 do_output_offset(const Relobj
*, unsigned int, section_offset_type
,
1119 section_offset_type
*) const;
1122 // Original EXIDX input section.
1123 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section_
;
1124 // Section offset map.
1125 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map_
;
1128 // A class to wrap an ordinary input section containing executable code.
1130 template<bool big_endian
>
1131 class Arm_input_section
: public Output_relaxed_input_section
1134 Arm_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
1135 : Output_relaxed_input_section(relobj
, shndx
, 1),
1136 original_addralign_(1), original_size_(0), stub_table_(NULL
)
1139 ~Arm_input_section()
1146 // Whether this is a stub table owner.
1148 is_stub_table_owner() const
1149 { return this->stub_table_
!= NULL
&& this->stub_table_
->owner() == this; }
1151 // Return the stub table.
1152 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
1154 { return this->stub_table_
; }
1156 // Set the stub_table.
1158 set_stub_table(Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
)
1159 { this->stub_table_
= stub_table
; }
1161 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_input_section pointer. This is
1162 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_input_section not the base class.
1163 static Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
1164 as_arm_input_section(Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
)
1165 { return static_cast<Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*>(poris
); }
1168 // Write data to output file.
1170 do_write(Output_file
*);
1172 // Return required alignment of this.
1174 do_addralign() const
1176 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
1177 return std::max(this->stub_table_
->addralign(),
1178 this->original_addralign_
);
1180 return this->original_addralign_
;
1183 // Finalize data size.
1185 set_final_data_size();
1187 // Reset address and file offset.
1189 do_reset_address_and_file_offset();
1193 do_output_offset(const Relobj
* object
, unsigned int shndx
,
1194 section_offset_type offset
,
1195 section_offset_type
* poutput
) const
1197 if ((object
== this->relobj())
1198 && (shndx
== this->shndx())
1200 && (convert_types
<uint64_t, section_offset_type
>(offset
)
1201 <= this->original_size_
))
1211 // Copying is not allowed.
1212 Arm_input_section(const Arm_input_section
&);
1213 Arm_input_section
& operator=(const Arm_input_section
&);
1215 // Address alignment of the original input section.
1216 uint64_t original_addralign_
;
1217 // Section size of the original input section.
1218 uint64_t original_size_
;
1220 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table_
;
1223 // Arm_exidx_fixup class. This is used to define a number of methods
1224 // and keep states for fixing up EXIDX coverage.
1226 class Arm_exidx_fixup
1229 Arm_exidx_fixup(Output_section
* exidx_output_section
)
1230 : exidx_output_section_(exidx_output_section
), last_unwind_type_(UT_NONE
),
1231 last_inlined_entry_(0), last_input_section_(NULL
),
1232 section_offset_map_(NULL
), first_output_text_section_(NULL
)
1236 { delete this->section_offset_map_
; }
1238 // Process an EXIDX section for entry merging. Return number of bytes to
1239 // be deleted in output. If parts of the input EXIDX section are merged
1240 // a heap allocated Arm_exidx_section_offset_map is store in the located
1241 // PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The caller owns the map and is reponsible for
1243 template<bool big_endian
>
1245 process_exidx_section(const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
,
1246 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
** psection_offset_map
);
1248 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry pointing at the end of the last
1249 // input section, if there is not one already.
1251 add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
1253 // Return the output section for the text section which is linked to the
1254 // first exidx input in output.
1256 first_output_text_section() const
1257 { return this->first_output_text_section_
; }
1260 // Copying is not allowed.
1261 Arm_exidx_fixup(const Arm_exidx_fixup
&);
1262 Arm_exidx_fixup
& operator=(const Arm_exidx_fixup
&);
1264 // Type of EXIDX unwind entry.
1269 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
1270 UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
,
1277 // Process an EXIDX entry. We only care about the second word of the
1278 // entry. Return true if the entry can be deleted.
1280 process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word
);
1282 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
1283 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
1284 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
1285 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
1286 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
1288 update_offset_map(section_offset_type input_offset
,
1289 section_size_type deleted_bytes
, bool delete_entry
);
1291 // EXIDX output section.
1292 Output_section
* exidx_output_section_
;
1293 // Unwind type of the last EXIDX entry processed.
1294 Unwind_type last_unwind_type_
;
1295 // Last seen inlined EXIDX entry.
1296 uint32_t last_inlined_entry_
;
1297 // Last processed EXIDX input section.
1298 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* last_input_section_
;
1299 // Section offset map created in process_exidx_section.
1300 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
* section_offset_map_
;
1301 // Output section for the text section which is linked to the first exidx
1303 Output_section
* first_output_text_section_
;
1306 // Arm output section class. This is defined mainly to add a number of
1307 // stub generation methods.
1309 template<bool big_endian
>
1310 class Arm_output_section
: public Output_section
1313 typedef std::vector
<std::pair
<Relobj
*, unsigned int> > Text_section_list
;
1315 Arm_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
1316 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
1317 : Output_section(name
, type
, flags
)
1320 ~Arm_output_section()
1323 // Group input sections for stub generation.
1325 group_sections(section_size_type
, bool, Target_arm
<big_endian
>*);
1327 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_output_section pointer. This is
1328 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_output_section not the base class.
1329 static Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*
1330 as_arm_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
1331 { return static_cast<Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*>(os
); }
1333 // Append all input text sections in this into LIST.
1335 append_text_sections_to_list(Text_section_list
* list
);
1337 // Fix EXIDX coverage of this EXIDX output section. SORTED_TEXT_SECTION
1338 // is a list of text input sections sorted in ascending order of their
1339 // output addresses.
1341 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout
* layout
,
1342 const Text_section_list
& sorted_text_section
,
1343 Symbol_table
* symtab
);
1347 typedef Output_section::Input_section Input_section
;
1348 typedef Output_section::Input_section_list Input_section_list
;
1350 // Create a stub group.
1351 void create_stub_group(Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1352 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1353 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1354 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
1355 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>*);
1358 // Arm_exidx_input_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section.
1360 class Arm_exidx_input_section
1363 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset
=
1364 static_cast<section_offset_type
>(-1);
1366 Arm_exidx_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
,
1367 unsigned int link
, uint32_t size
, uint32_t addralign
)
1368 : relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
), link_(link
), size_(size
),
1369 addralign_(addralign
)
1372 ~Arm_exidx_input_section()
1375 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1377 // Return the object containing this EXIDX input section.
1380 { return this->relobj_
; }
1382 // Return the section index of this EXIDX input section.
1385 { return this->shndx_
; }
1387 // Return the section index of linked text section in the same object.
1390 { return this->link_
; }
1392 // Return size of the EXIDX input section.
1395 { return this->size_
; }
1397 // Reutnr address alignment of EXIDX input section.
1400 { return this->addralign_
; }
1403 // Object containing this.
1405 // Section index of this.
1406 unsigned int shndx_
;
1407 // text section linked to this in the same object.
1409 // Size of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1411 // Address alignment of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1412 uint32_t addralign_
;
1415 // Arm_relobj class.
1417 template<bool big_endian
>
1418 class Arm_relobj
: public Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>
1421 static const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(-1);
1423 Arm_relobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1424 const typename
elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1425 : Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1426 stub_tables_(), local_symbol_is_thumb_function_(),
1427 attributes_section_data_(NULL
), mapping_symbols_info_(),
1428 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_(NULL
), exidx_section_map_(),
1429 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_(false)
1433 { delete this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1435 // Return the stub table of the SHNDX-th section if there is one.
1436 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
1437 stub_table(unsigned int shndx
) const
1439 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1440 return this->stub_tables_
[shndx
];
1443 // Set STUB_TABLE to be the stub_table of the SHNDX-th section.
1445 set_stub_table(unsigned int shndx
, Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
)
1447 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1448 this->stub_tables_
[shndx
] = stub_table
;
1451 // Whether a local symbol is a THUMB function. R_SYM is the symbol table
1452 // index. This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1454 local_symbol_is_thumb_function(unsigned int r_sym
) const
1456 gold_assert(r_sym
< this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
.size());
1457 return this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
[r_sym
];
1460 // Scan all relocation sections for stub generation.
1462 scan_sections_for_stubs(Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, const Symbol_table
*,
1465 // Convert regular input section with index SHNDX to a relaxed section.
1467 convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(unsigned shndx
)
1469 // The stubs have relocations and we need to process them after writing
1470 // out the stubs. So relocation now must follow section write.
1471 this->set_section_offset(shndx
, -1ULL);
1472 this->set_relocs_must_follow_section_writes();
1475 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1476 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1477 static Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*
1478 as_arm_relobj(Relobj
* relobj
)
1479 { return static_cast<Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*>(relobj
); }
1481 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1484 processor_specific_flags() const
1485 { return this->processor_specific_flags_
; }
1487 // Attribute section data This is the contents of the .ARM.attribute section
1489 const Attributes_section_data
*
1490 attributes_section_data() const
1491 { return this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1493 // Mapping symbol location.
1494 typedef std::pair
<unsigned int, Arm_address
> Mapping_symbol_position
;
1496 // Functor for STL container.
1497 struct Mapping_symbol_position_less
1500 operator()(const Mapping_symbol_position
& p1
,
1501 const Mapping_symbol_position
& p2
) const
1503 return (p1
.first
< p2
.first
1504 || (p1
.first
== p2
.first
&& p1
.second
< p2
.second
));
1508 // We only care about the first character of a mapping symbol, so
1509 // we only store that instead of the whole symbol name.
1510 typedef std::map
<Mapping_symbol_position
, char,
1511 Mapping_symbol_position_less
> Mapping_symbols_info
;
1513 // Whether a section contains any Cortex-A8 workaround.
1515 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx
) const
1517 return (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
!= NULL
1518 && (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
)[shndx
]);
1521 // Mark a section that has Cortex-A8 workaround.
1523 mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx
)
1525 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
== NULL
)
1526 this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
=
1527 new std::vector
<bool>(this->shnum(), false);
1528 (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
)[shndx
] = true;
1531 // Return the EXIDX section of an text section with index SHNDX or NULL
1532 // if the text section has no associated EXIDX section.
1533 const Arm_exidx_input_section
*
1534 exidx_input_section_by_link(unsigned int shndx
) const
1536 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.find(shndx
);
1537 return ((p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end()
1538 && p
->second
->link() == shndx
)
1543 // Return the EXIDX section with index SHNDX or NULL if there is none.
1544 const Arm_exidx_input_section
*
1545 exidx_input_section_by_shndx(unsigned shndx
) const
1547 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.find(shndx
);
1548 return ((p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end()
1549 && p
->second
->shndx() == shndx
)
1554 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1556 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() const
1557 { return this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
; }
1559 // Set output_local_symbol_count_needs_update flag to be true.
1561 set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update()
1562 { this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
= true; }
1564 // Update output local symbol count at the end of relaxation.
1566 update_output_local_symbol_count();
1569 // Post constructor setup.
1573 // Call parent's setup method.
1574 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_setup();
1576 // Initialize look-up tables.
1577 Stub_table_list
empty_stub_table_list(this->shnum(), NULL
);
1578 this->stub_tables_
.swap(empty_stub_table_list
);
1581 // Count the local symbols.
1583 do_count_local_symbols(Stringpool_template
<char>*,
1584 Stringpool_template
<char>*);
1587 do_relocate_sections(const Symbol_table
* symtab
, const Layout
* layout
,
1588 const unsigned char* pshdrs
,
1589 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Views
* pivews
);
1591 // Read the symbol information.
1593 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
);
1595 // Process relocs for garbage collection.
1597 do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Read_relocs_data
*);
1601 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for relocation stubs.
1603 section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1604 const Relobj::Output_sections
&,
1605 const Symbol_table
*, const unsigned char*);
1607 // Whether a section is a scannable text section.
1609 section_is_scannable(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&, unsigned int,
1610 const Output_section
*, const Symbol_table
*);
1612 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1614 section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1615 unsigned int, Output_section
*,
1616 const Symbol_table
*);
1618 // Scan a section for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1620 scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1621 unsigned int, Output_section
*,
1622 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*);
1624 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking at the
1625 // first reloction of the EXIDX section. PSHDR points to the section
1626 // headers of a relocation section and PSYMS points to the local symbols.
1627 // PSHNDX points to a location storing the text section index if found.
1628 // Return whether we can find the linked section.
1630 find_linked_text_section(const unsigned char* pshdr
,
1631 const unsigned char* psyms
, unsigned int* pshndx
);
1634 // Make a new Arm_exidx_input_section object for EXIDX section with
1635 // index SHNDX and section header SHDR. TEXT_SHNDX is the section
1636 // index of the linked text section.
1638 make_exidx_input_section(unsigned int shndx
,
1639 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
1640 unsigned int text_shndx
);
1642 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a
1643 // relaxed input section. SHNDX is the section index.
1645 simple_input_section_output_address(unsigned int, Output_section
*);
1647 typedef std::vector
<Stub_table
<big_endian
>*> Stub_table_list
;
1648 typedef Unordered_map
<unsigned int, const Arm_exidx_input_section
*>
1651 // List of stub tables.
1652 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
1653 // Bit vector to tell if a local symbol is a thumb function or not.
1654 // This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1655 std::vector
<bool> local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
;
1656 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1657 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_
;
1658 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1659 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
1660 // Mapping symbols information.
1661 Mapping_symbols_info mapping_symbols_info_
;
1662 // Bitmap to indicate sections with Cortex-A8 workaround or NULL.
1663 std::vector
<bool>* section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
;
1664 // Map a text section to its associated .ARM.exidx section, if there is one.
1665 Exidx_section_map exidx_section_map_
;
1666 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1667 bool output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
;
1670 // Arm_dynobj class.
1672 template<bool big_endian
>
1673 class Arm_dynobj
: public Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>
1676 Arm_dynobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1677 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1678 : Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1679 processor_specific_flags_(0), attributes_section_data_(NULL
)
1683 { delete this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1685 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1686 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1687 static Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>*
1688 as_arm_dynobj(Dynobj
* dynobj
)
1689 { return static_cast<Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>*>(dynobj
); }
1691 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1694 processor_specific_flags() const
1695 { return this->processor_specific_flags_
; }
1697 // Attributes section data.
1698 const Attributes_section_data
*
1699 attributes_section_data() const
1700 { return this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1703 // Read the symbol information.
1705 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
);
1708 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1709 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_
;
1710 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1711 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
1714 // Functor to read reloc addends during stub generation.
1716 template<int sh_type
, bool big_endian
>
1717 struct Stub_addend_reader
1719 // Return the addend for a relocation of a particular type. Depending
1720 // on whether this is a REL or RELA relocation, read the addend from a
1721 // view or from a Reloc object.
1722 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1724 unsigned int /* r_type */,
1725 const unsigned char* /* view */,
1726 const typename Reloc_types
<sh_type
,
1727 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
& /* reloc */) const;
1730 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for SHT_REL type relocation sections.
1732 template<bool big_endian
>
1733 struct Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, big_endian
>
1735 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1738 const unsigned char*,
1739 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
&) const;
1742 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for RELA type relocation sections.
1743 // We currently do not handle RELA type relocation sections but it is trivial
1744 // to implement the addend reader. This is provided for completeness and to
1745 // make it easier to add support for RELA relocation sections in the future.
1747 template<bool big_endian
>
1748 struct Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, big_endian
>
1750 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1753 const unsigned char*,
1754 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, 32,
1755 big_endian
>::Reloc
& reloc
) const
1756 { return reloc
.get_r_addend(); }
1759 // Cortex_a8_reloc class. We keep record of relocation that may need
1760 // the Cortex-A8 erratum workaround.
1762 class Cortex_a8_reloc
1765 Cortex_a8_reloc(Reloc_stub
* reloc_stub
, unsigned r_type
,
1766 Arm_address destination
)
1767 : reloc_stub_(reloc_stub
), r_type_(r_type
), destination_(destination
)
1773 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1775 // Return the relocation stub associated with this relocation if there is
1779 { return this->reloc_stub_
; }
1781 // Return the relocation type.
1784 { return this->r_type_
; }
1786 // Return the destination address of the relocation. LSB stores the THUMB
1790 { return this->destination_
; }
1793 // Associated relocation stub if there is one, or NULL.
1794 const Reloc_stub
* reloc_stub_
;
1796 unsigned int r_type_
;
1797 // Destination address of this relocation. LSB is used to distinguish
1799 Arm_address destination_
;
1802 // Arm_output_data_got class. We derive this from Output_data_got to add
1803 // extra methods to handle TLS relocations in a static link.
1805 template<bool big_endian
>
1806 class Arm_output_data_got
: public Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>
1809 Arm_output_data_got(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
1810 : Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>(), symbol_table_(symtab
), layout_(layout
)
1813 // Add a static entry for the GOT entry at OFFSET. GSYM is a global
1814 // symbol and R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic relocation that needs to be
1815 // applied in a static link.
1817 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
* gsym
)
1818 { this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, gsym
)); }
1820 // Add a static reloc for the GOT entry at OFFSET. RELOBJ is an object
1821 // defining a local symbol with INDEX. R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic
1822 // relocation that needs to be applied in a static link.
1824 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
1825 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
, unsigned int index
)
1827 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, relobj
,
1831 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
1832 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
1833 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
1834 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
1835 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
1837 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type
, Symbol
* gsym
);
1839 // Same as the above but for a local symbol in OBJECT with INDEX.
1841 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type
,
1842 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
1843 unsigned int index
);
1846 // Write out the GOT table.
1848 do_write(Output_file
*);
1851 // This class represent dynamic relocations that need to be applied by
1852 // gold because we are using TLS relocations in a static link.
1856 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
* gsym
)
1857 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(true)
1858 { this->u_
.global
.symbol
= gsym
; }
1860 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
1861 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
, unsigned int index
)
1862 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(false)
1864 this->u_
.local
.relobj
= relobj
;
1865 this->u_
.local
.index
= index
;
1868 // Return the GOT offset.
1871 { return this->got_offset_
; }
1876 { return this->r_type_
; }
1878 // Whether the symbol is global or not.
1880 symbol_is_global() const
1881 { return this->symbol_is_global_
; }
1883 // For a relocation against a global symbol, the global symbol.
1887 gold_assert(this->symbol_is_global_
);
1888 return this->u_
.global
.symbol
;
1891 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the defining object.
1892 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*
1895 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
1896 return this->u_
.local
.relobj
;
1899 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the local symbol index.
1903 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
1904 return this->u_
.local
.index
;
1908 // GOT offset of the entry to which this relocation is applied.
1909 unsigned int got_offset_
;
1910 // Type of relocation.
1911 unsigned int r_type_
;
1912 // Whether this relocation is against a global symbol.
1913 bool symbol_is_global_
;
1914 // A global or local symbol.
1919 // For a global symbol, the symbol itself.
1924 // For a local symbol, the object defining object.
1925 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
;
1926 // For a local symbol, the symbol index.
1932 // Symbol table of the output object.
1933 Symbol_table
* symbol_table_
;
1934 // Layout of the output object.
1936 // Static relocs to be applied to the GOT.
1937 std::vector
<Static_reloc
> static_relocs_
;
1940 // Utilities for manipulating integers of up to 32-bits
1944 // Sign extend an n-bit unsigned integer stored in an uint32_t into
1945 // an int32_t. NO_BITS must be between 1 to 32.
1946 template<int no_bits
>
1947 static inline int32_t
1948 sign_extend(uint32_t bits
)
1950 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 0 && no_bits
<= 32);
1952 return static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
1953 uint32_t mask
= (~((uint32_t) 0)) >> (32 - no_bits
);
1955 uint32_t top_bit
= 1U << (no_bits
- 1);
1956 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
1957 return (bits
& top_bit
) ? as_signed
+ (-top_bit
* 2) : as_signed
;
1960 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t.
1961 template<int no_bits
>
1963 has_overflow(uint32_t bits
)
1965 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 0 && no_bits
<= 32);
1968 int32_t max
= (1 << (no_bits
- 1)) - 1;
1969 int32_t min
= -(1 << (no_bits
- 1));
1970 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
1971 return as_signed
> max
|| as_signed
< min
;
1974 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t when it
1975 // fits in the given number of bits as either a signed or unsigned value.
1976 // For example, has_signed_unsigned_overflow<8> would check
1977 // -128 <= bits <= 255
1978 template<int no_bits
>
1980 has_signed_unsigned_overflow(uint32_t bits
)
1982 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 2 && no_bits
<= 32);
1985 int32_t max
= static_cast<int32_t>((1U << no_bits
) - 1);
1986 int32_t min
= -(1 << (no_bits
- 1));
1987 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
1988 return as_signed
> max
|| as_signed
< min
;
1991 // Select bits from A and B using bits in MASK. For each n in [0..31],
1992 // the n-th bit in the result is chosen from the n-th bits of A and B.
1993 // A zero selects A and a one selects B.
1994 static inline uint32_t
1995 bit_select(uint32_t a
, uint32_t b
, uint32_t mask
)
1996 { return (a
& ~mask
) | (b
& mask
); }
1999 template<bool big_endian
>
2000 class Target_arm
: public Sized_target
<32, big_endian
>
2003 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, 32, big_endian
>
2006 // When were are relocating a stub, we pass this as the relocation number.
2007 static const size_t fake_relnum_for_stubs
= static_cast<size_t>(-1);
2010 : Sized_target
<32, big_endian
>(&arm_info
),
2011 got_(NULL
), plt_(NULL
), got_plt_(NULL
), rel_dyn_(NULL
),
2012 copy_relocs_(elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
), dynbss_(NULL
),
2013 got_mod_index_offset_(-1U), tls_base_symbol_defined_(false),
2014 stub_tables_(), stub_factory_(Stub_factory::get_instance()),
2015 may_use_blx_(false), should_force_pic_veneer_(false),
2016 arm_input_section_map_(), attributes_section_data_(NULL
),
2017 fix_cortex_a8_(false), cortex_a8_relocs_info_()
2020 // Whether we can use BLX.
2023 { return this->may_use_blx_
; }
2025 // Set use-BLX flag.
2027 set_may_use_blx(bool value
)
2028 { this->may_use_blx_
= value
; }
2030 // Whether we force PCI branch veneers.
2032 should_force_pic_veneer() const
2033 { return this->should_force_pic_veneer_
; }
2035 // Set PIC veneer flag.
2037 set_should_force_pic_veneer(bool value
)
2038 { this->should_force_pic_veneer_
= value
; }
2040 // Whether we use THUMB-2 instructions.
2042 using_thumb2() const
2044 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2045 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2046 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2047 return arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
|| arch
>= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
;
2050 // Whether we use THUMB/THUMB-2 instructions only.
2052 using_thumb_only() const
2054 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2055 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2056 if (attr
->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2057 && attr
->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
)
2059 attr
= this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
);
2060 return attr
->int_value() == 'M';
2063 // Whether we have an NOP instruction. If not, use mov r0, r0 instead.
2065 may_use_arm_nop() const
2067 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2068 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2069 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2070 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2071 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6K
2072 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2073 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
2076 // Whether we have THUMB-2 NOP.W instruction.
2078 may_use_thumb2_nop() const
2080 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2081 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2082 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2083 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2084 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2085 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
2088 // Process the relocations to determine unreferenced sections for
2089 // garbage collection.
2091 gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2093 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2094 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2095 unsigned int sh_type
,
2096 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2098 Output_section
* output_section
,
2099 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2100 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2101 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
2103 // Scan the relocations to look for symbol adjustments.
2105 scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2107 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2108 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2109 unsigned int sh_type
,
2110 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2112 Output_section
* output_section
,
2113 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2114 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2115 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
2117 // Finalize the sections.
2119 do_finalize_sections(Layout
*, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*);
2121 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
2124 do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
*) const;
2126 // Relocate a section.
2128 relocate_section(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2129 unsigned int sh_type
,
2130 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2132 Output_section
* output_section
,
2133 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2134 unsigned char* view
,
2135 Arm_address view_address
,
2136 section_size_type view_size
,
2137 const Reloc_symbol_changes
*);
2139 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
2141 scan_relocatable_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2143 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2144 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2145 unsigned int sh_type
,
2146 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2148 Output_section
* output_section
,
2149 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2150 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2151 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
2152 Relocatable_relocs
*);
2154 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
2156 relocate_for_relocatable(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2157 unsigned int sh_type
,
2158 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2160 Output_section
* output_section
,
2161 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
2162 const Relocatable_relocs
*,
2163 unsigned char* view
,
2164 Arm_address view_address
,
2165 section_size_type view_size
,
2166 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
2167 section_size_type reloc_view_size
);
2169 // Return whether SYM is defined by the ABI.
2171 do_is_defined_by_abi(Symbol
* sym
) const
2172 { return strcmp(sym
->name(), "__tls_get_addr") == 0; }
2174 // Return whether there is a GOT section.
2176 has_got_section() const
2177 { return this->got_
!= NULL
; }
2179 // Return the size of the GOT section.
2183 gold_assert(this->got_
!= NULL
);
2184 return this->got_
->data_size();
2187 // Map platform-specific reloc types
2189 get_real_reloc_type (unsigned int r_type
);
2192 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2195 // Return the stub factory
2197 stub_factory() const
2198 { return this->stub_factory_
; }
2200 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
2201 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
2202 new_arm_input_section(Relobj
*, unsigned int);
2204 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
2205 // section of RELOBJ.
2206 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
2207 find_arm_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
) const;
2209 // Make a new Stub_table
2210 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
2211 new_stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*);
2213 // Scan a section for stub generation.
2215 scan_section_for_stubs(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2216 const unsigned char*, size_t, Output_section
*,
2217 bool, const unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2222 relocate_stub(Stub
*, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2223 Output_section
*, unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2226 // Get the default ARM target.
2227 static Target_arm
<big_endian
>*
2230 gold_assert(parameters
->target().machine_code() == elfcpp::EM_ARM
2231 && parameters
->target().is_big_endian() == big_endian
);
2232 return static_cast<Target_arm
<big_endian
>*>(
2233 parameters
->sized_target
<32, big_endian
>());
2236 // Whether NAME belongs to a mapping symbol.
2238 is_mapping_symbol_name(const char* name
)
2242 && (name
[1] == 'a' || name
[1] == 't' || name
[1] == 'd')
2243 && (name
[2] == '\0' || name
[2] == '.'));
2246 // Whether we work around the Cortex-A8 erratum.
2248 fix_cortex_a8() const
2249 { return this->fix_cortex_a8_
; }
2251 // Whether we fix R_ARM_V4BX relocation.
2253 // 1 - replace with MOV instruction (armv4 target)
2254 // 2 - make interworking veneer (>= armv4t targets only)
2255 General_options::Fix_v4bx
2257 { return parameters
->options().fix_v4bx(); }
2259 // Scan a span of THUMB code section for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2261 scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2262 section_size_type
, section_size_type
,
2263 const unsigned char*, Arm_address
);
2265 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to a branch.
2267 apply_cortex_a8_workaround(const Cortex_a8_stub
*, Arm_address
,
2268 unsigned char*, Arm_address
);
2271 // Make an ELF object.
2273 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2274 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
);
2277 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2278 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, !big_endian
>&)
2279 { gold_unreachable(); }
2282 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2283 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<64, false>&)
2284 { gold_unreachable(); }
2287 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2288 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<64, true>&)
2289 { gold_unreachable(); }
2291 // Make an output section.
2293 do_make_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
2294 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
2295 { return new Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>(name
, type
, flags
); }
2298 do_adjust_elf_header(unsigned char* view
, int len
) const;
2300 // We only need to generate stubs, and hence perform relaxation if we are
2301 // not doing relocatable linking.
2303 do_may_relax() const
2304 { return !parameters
->options().relocatable(); }
2307 do_relax(int, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2309 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
2312 do_attribute_arg_type(int tag
) const;
2314 // Reorder tags during output.
2316 do_attributes_order(int num
) const;
2318 // This is called when the target is selected as the default.
2320 do_select_as_default_target()
2322 // No locking is required since there should only be one default target.
2323 // We cannot have both the big-endian and little-endian ARM targets
2325 gold_assert(arm_reloc_property_table
== NULL
);
2326 arm_reloc_property_table
= new Arm_reloc_property_table();
2330 // The class which scans relocations.
2335 : issued_non_pic_error_(false)
2339 local(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_arm
* target
,
2340 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2341 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2342 Output_section
* output_section
,
2343 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2344 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>& lsym
);
2347 global(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_arm
* target
,
2348 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2349 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2350 Output_section
* output_section
,
2351 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2355 local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
* , Layout
* , Target_arm
* ,
2356 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* ,
2359 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& ,
2361 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>&)
2365 global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
* , Layout
* , Target_arm
* ,
2366 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* ,
2369 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& ,
2370 unsigned int , Symbol
*)
2375 unsupported_reloc_local(Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
2376 unsigned int r_type
);
2379 unsupported_reloc_global(Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
2380 unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
*);
2383 check_non_pic(Relobj
*, unsigned int r_type
);
2385 // Almost identical to Symbol::needs_plt_entry except that it also
2386 // handles STT_ARM_TFUNC.
2388 symbol_needs_plt_entry(const Symbol
* sym
)
2390 // An undefined symbol from an executable does not need a PLT entry.
2391 if (sym
->is_undefined() && !parameters
->options().shared())
2394 return (!parameters
->doing_static_link()
2395 && (sym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
2396 || sym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
2397 && (sym
->is_from_dynobj()
2398 || sym
->is_undefined()
2399 || sym
->is_preemptible()));
2402 // Whether we have issued an error about a non-PIC compilation.
2403 bool issued_non_pic_error_
;
2406 // The class which implements relocation.
2416 // Return whether the static relocation needs to be applied.
2418 should_apply_static_reloc(const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
2421 Output_section
* output_section
);
2423 // Do a relocation. Return false if the caller should not issue
2424 // any warnings about this relocation.
2426 relocate(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, Target_arm
*,
2427 Output_section
*, size_t relnum
,
2428 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&,
2429 unsigned int r_type
, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
2430 const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2431 unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2434 // Return whether we want to pass flag NON_PIC_REF for this
2435 // reloc. This means the relocation type accesses a symbol not via
2438 reloc_is_non_pic (unsigned int r_type
)
2442 // These relocation types reference GOT or PLT entries explicitly.
2443 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
2444 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
2445 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
2446 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL12
:
2447 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32_ABS
:
2448 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
:
2449 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
:
2450 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
:
2451 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE12GP
:
2453 // These relocate types may use PLT entries.
2454 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
2455 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
2456 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
2457 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
2458 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
2459 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
2460 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
2461 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
2462 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
2471 // Do a TLS relocation.
2472 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
2473 relocate_tls(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
2474 size_t, const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&, unsigned int,
2475 const Sized_symbol
<32>*, const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2476 unsigned char*, elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr
,
2481 // A class which returns the size required for a relocation type,
2482 // used while scanning relocs during a relocatable link.
2483 class Relocatable_size_for_reloc
2487 get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int, Relobj
*);
2490 // Adjust TLS relocation type based on the options and whether this
2491 // is a local symbol.
2492 static tls::Tls_optimization
2493 optimize_tls_reloc(bool is_final
, int r_type
);
2495 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
2496 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>*
2497 got_section(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2499 // Get the GOT PLT section.
2501 got_plt_section() const
2503 gold_assert(this->got_plt_
!= NULL
);
2504 return this->got_plt_
;
2507 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
2509 make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Symbol
*);
2511 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
2513 define_tls_base_symbol(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2515 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2517 got_mod_index_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
2518 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
);
2520 // Get the PLT section.
2521 const Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>*
2524 gold_assert(this->plt_
!= NULL
);
2528 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
2530 rel_dyn_section(Layout
*);
2532 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
2534 rel_tls_desc_section(Layout
*) const;
2536 // Return true if the symbol may need a COPY relocation.
2537 // References from an executable object to non-function symbols
2538 // defined in a dynamic object may need a COPY relocation.
2540 may_need_copy_reloc(Symbol
* gsym
)
2542 return (gsym
->type() != elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
2543 && gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc());
2546 // Add a potential copy relocation.
2548 copy_reloc(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
2549 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2550 unsigned int shndx
, Output_section
* output_section
,
2551 Symbol
* sym
, const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
)
2553 this->copy_relocs_
.copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
,
2554 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<32>(sym
),
2555 object
, shndx
, output_section
, reloc
,
2556 this->rel_dyn_section(layout
));
2559 // Whether two EABI versions are compatible.
2561 are_eabi_versions_compatible(elfcpp::Elf_Word v1
, elfcpp::Elf_Word v2
);
2563 // Merge processor-specific flags from input object and those in the ELF
2564 // header of the output.
2566 merge_processor_specific_flags(const std::string
&, elfcpp::Elf_Word
);
2568 // Get the secondary compatible architecture.
2570 get_secondary_compatible_arch(const Attributes_section_data
*);
2572 // Set the secondary compatible architecture.
2574 set_secondary_compatible_arch(Attributes_section_data
*, int);
2577 tag_cpu_arch_combine(const char*, int, int*, int, int);
2579 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
2581 aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int);
2583 // Return string value for TAG_CPU_name.
2585 tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int);
2587 // Merge object attributes from input object and those in the output.
2589 merge_object_attributes(const char*, const Attributes_section_data
*);
2591 // Helper to get an AEABI object attribute
2593 get_aeabi_object_attribute(int tag
) const
2595 Attributes_section_data
* pasd
= this->attributes_section_data_
;
2596 gold_assert(pasd
!= NULL
);
2597 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2598 pasd
->get_attribute(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
, tag
);
2599 gold_assert(attr
!= NULL
);
2604 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2607 // Group input sections for stub generation.
2609 group_sections(Layout
*, section_size_type
, bool);
2611 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
2613 scan_reloc_for_stub(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2614 const Sized_symbol
<32>*, unsigned int,
2615 const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2616 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
, Arm_address
);
2618 // Scan a relocation section for stub.
2619 template<int sh_type
>
2621 scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
2622 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
2623 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2625 Output_section
* output_section
,
2626 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2627 const unsigned char* view
,
2628 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
2631 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
2633 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout
*, Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*, Symbol_table
*);
2635 // Functors for STL set.
2636 struct output_section_address_less_than
2639 operator()(const Output_section
* s1
, const Output_section
* s2
) const
2640 { return s1
->address() < s2
->address(); }
2643 // Information about this specific target which we pass to the
2644 // general Target structure.
2645 static const Target::Target_info arm_info
;
2647 // The types of GOT entries needed for this platform.
2650 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
= 0, // GOT entry for a regular symbol
2651 GOT_TYPE_TLS_NOFFSET
= 1, // GOT entry for negative TLS offset
2652 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
= 2, // GOT entry for positive TLS offset
2653 GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
= 3, // GOT entry for TLS module/offset pair
2654 GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC
= 4 // GOT entry for TLS_DESC pair
2657 typedef typename
std::vector
<Stub_table
<big_endian
>*> Stub_table_list
;
2659 // Map input section to Arm_input_section.
2660 typedef Unordered_map
<Section_id
,
2661 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*,
2663 Arm_input_section_map
;
2665 // Map output addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2666 typedef Unordered_map
<Arm_address
, const Cortex_a8_reloc
*>
2667 Cortex_a8_relocs_info
;
2670 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got_
;
2672 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>* plt_
;
2673 // The GOT PLT section.
2674 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
2675 // The dynamic reloc section.
2676 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn_
;
2677 // Relocs saved to avoid a COPY reloc.
2678 Copy_relocs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
> copy_relocs_
;
2679 // Space for variables copied with a COPY reloc.
2680 Output_data_space
* dynbss_
;
2681 // Offset of the GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2682 unsigned int got_mod_index_offset_
;
2683 // True if the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol has been defined.
2684 bool tls_base_symbol_defined_
;
2685 // Vector of Stub_tables created.
2686 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
2688 const Stub_factory
&stub_factory_
;
2689 // Whether we can use BLX.
2691 // Whether we force PIC branch veneers.
2692 bool should_force_pic_veneer_
;
2693 // Map for locating Arm_input_sections.
2694 Arm_input_section_map arm_input_section_map_
;
2695 // Attributes section data in output.
2696 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
2697 // Whether we want to fix code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2698 bool fix_cortex_a8_
;
2699 // Map addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2700 Cortex_a8_relocs_info cortex_a8_relocs_info_
;
2703 template<bool big_endian
>
2704 const Target::Target_info Target_arm
<big_endian
>::arm_info
=
2707 big_endian
, // is_big_endian
2708 elfcpp::EM_ARM
, // machine_code
2709 false, // has_make_symbol
2710 false, // has_resolve
2711 false, // has_code_fill
2712 true, // is_default_stack_executable
2714 "/usr/lib/libc.so.1", // dynamic_linker
2715 0x8000, // default_text_segment_address
2716 0x1000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
2717 0x1000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
2718 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // small_common_shndx
2719 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // large_common_shndx
2720 0, // small_common_section_flags
2721 0, // large_common_section_flags
2722 ".ARM.attributes", // attributes_section
2723 "aeabi" // attributes_vendor
2726 // Arm relocate functions class
2729 template<bool big_endian
>
2730 class Arm_relocate_functions
: public Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
>
2735 STATUS_OKAY
, // No error during relocation.
2736 STATUS_OVERFLOW
, // Relocation oveflow.
2737 STATUS_BAD_RELOC
// Relocation cannot be applied.
2741 typedef Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
> Base
;
2742 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> This
;
2744 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw ARM instructions
2747 // imm16 := imm4 | imm12
2749 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2750 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2751 // | | |imm4 | |imm12 |
2752 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2754 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the ARM
2755 // instruction encoding described above.
2756 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2757 extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(
2758 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
)
2760 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
2761 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
2762 return utils::sign_extend
<16>(((val
>> 4) & 0xf000) | (val
& 0xfff));
2765 // Insert X into VAL based on the ARM instruction encoding described
2767 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2768 insert_val_arm_movw_movt(
2769 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
,
2770 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype x
)
2774 val
|= (x
& 0xf000) << 4;
2778 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw Thumb2 instructions
2781 // imm16 := imm4 | i | imm3 | imm8
2783 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2784 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
2785 // | |i| |imm4 || |imm3 | |imm8 |
2786 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
2788 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the Thumb2
2789 // instruction encoding described above.
2790 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2791 extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(
2792 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
)
2794 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
2795 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
2796 return utils::sign_extend
<16>(((val
>> 4) & 0xf000)
2797 | ((val
>> 15) & 0x0800)
2798 | ((val
>> 4) & 0x0700)
2802 // Insert X into VAL based on the Thumb2 instruction encoding
2804 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2805 insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(
2806 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
,
2807 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype x
)
2810 val
|= (x
& 0xf000) << 4;
2811 val
|= (x
& 0x0800) << 15;
2812 val
|= (x
& 0x0700) << 4;
2813 val
|= (x
& 0x00ff);
2817 // Calculate the smallest constant Kn for the specified residual.
2818 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
2820 calc_grp_kn(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
)
2826 // Determine the most significant bit in the residual and
2827 // align the resulting value to a 2-bit boundary.
2828 for (msb
= 30; (msb
>= 0) && !(residual
& (3 << msb
)); msb
-= 2)
2830 // The desired shift is now (msb - 6), or zero, whichever
2832 return (((msb
- 6) < 0) ? 0 : (msb
- 6));
2835 // Calculate the final residual for the specified group index.
2836 // If the passed group index is less than zero, the method will return
2837 // the value of the specified residual without any change.
2838 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
2839 static typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2840 calc_grp_residual(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
,
2843 for (int n
= 0; n
<= group
; n
++)
2845 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
2846 uint32_t shift
= calc_grp_kn(residual
);
2847 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
2848 residual
&= ~(residual
& (0xff << shift
));
2854 // Calculate the value of Gn for the specified group index.
2855 // We return it in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
2856 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
2857 static typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2858 calc_grp_gn(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
,
2861 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype gn
= 0;
2864 for (int n
= 0; n
<= group
; n
++)
2866 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
2867 shift
= calc_grp_kn(residual
);
2868 // Calculate Gn in 32-bit as well as encoded constant-and-rotation form.
2869 gn
= residual
& (0xff << shift
);
2870 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
2873 // Return Gn in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
2874 return ((gn
>> shift
) | ((gn
<= 0xff ? 0 : (32 - shift
) / 2) << 8));
2878 // Handle ARM long branches.
2879 static typename
This::Status
2880 arm_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2881 unsigned char *, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
2882 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2883 const Symbol_value
<32>*, Arm_address
, Arm_address
, bool);
2885 // Handle THUMB long branches.
2886 static typename
This::Status
2887 thumb_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2888 unsigned char *, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
2889 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2890 const Symbol_value
<32>*, Arm_address
, Arm_address
, bool);
2893 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB branch.
2894 static inline int32_t
2895 thumb32_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn
, uint16_t lower_insn
)
2897 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding (backwards compatible with Thumb-1)
2898 // involving the J1 and J2 bits.
2899 uint32_t s
= (upper_insn
& (1U << 10)) >> 10;
2900 uint32_t upper
= upper_insn
& 0x3ffU
;
2901 uint32_t lower
= lower_insn
& 0x7ffU
;
2902 uint32_t j1
= (lower_insn
& (1U << 13)) >> 13;
2903 uint32_t j2
= (lower_insn
& (1U << 11)) >> 11;
2904 uint32_t i1
= j1
^ s
? 0 : 1;
2905 uint32_t i2
= j2
^ s
? 0 : 1;
2907 return utils::sign_extend
<25>((s
<< 24) | (i1
<< 23) | (i2
<< 22)
2908 | (upper
<< 12) | (lower
<< 1));
2911 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the upper instruction.
2912 // UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch. Caller is
2913 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
2914 static inline uint16_t
2915 thumb32_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn
, int32_t offset
)
2917 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
2918 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
2919 return (upper_insn
& ~0x7ffU
) | ((bits
>> 12) & 0x3ffU
) | (s
<< 10);
2922 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the lower instruction.
2923 // LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch. Caller is
2924 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
2925 static inline uint16_t
2926 thumb32_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn
, int32_t offset
)
2928 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
2929 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
2930 return ((lower_insn
& ~0x2fffU
)
2931 | ((((bits
>> 23) & 1) ^ !s
) << 13)
2932 | ((((bits
>> 22) & 1) ^ !s
) << 11)
2933 | ((bits
>> 1) & 0x7ffU
));
2936 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch.
2937 static inline int32_t
2938 thumb32_cond_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn
, uint16_t lower_insn
)
2940 uint32_t s
= (upper_insn
& 0x0400U
) >> 10;
2941 uint32_t j1
= (lower_insn
& 0x2000U
) >> 13;
2942 uint32_t j2
= (lower_insn
& 0x0800U
) >> 11;
2943 uint32_t lower
= (lower_insn
& 0x07ffU
);
2944 uint32_t upper
= (s
<< 8) | (j2
<< 7) | (j1
<< 6) | (upper_insn
& 0x003fU
);
2946 return utils::sign_extend
<21>((upper
<< 12) | (lower
<< 1));
2949 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the upper
2950 // instruction. UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch.
2951 // Caller is responsible for overflow checking.
2952 static inline uint16_t
2953 thumb32_cond_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn
, int32_t offset
)
2955 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
2956 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
2957 return (upper_insn
& 0xfbc0U
) | (s
<< 10) | ((bits
& 0x0003f000U
) >> 12);
2960 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the lower
2961 // instruction. LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch.
2962 // Caller is reponsible for overflow checking.
2963 static inline uint16_t
2964 thumb32_cond_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn
, int32_t offset
)
2966 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
2967 uint32_t j2
= (bits
& 0x00080000U
) >> 19;
2968 uint32_t j1
= (bits
& 0x00040000U
) >> 18;
2969 uint32_t lo
= (bits
& 0x00000ffeU
) >> 1;
2971 return (lower_insn
& 0xd000U
) | (j1
<< 13) | (j2
<< 11) | lo
;
2974 // R_ARM_ABS8: S + A
2975 static inline typename
This::Status
2976 abs8(unsigned char *view
,
2977 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2978 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
2980 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
2981 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
2982 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
2983 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
2984 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<8>(val
);
2985 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
2986 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0xffU
);
2987 elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
2989 // R_ARM_ABS8 permits signed or unsigned results.
2990 int signed_x
= static_cast<int32_t>(x
);
2991 return ((signed_x
< -128 || signed_x
> 255)
2992 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
2993 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
2996 // R_ARM_THM_ABS5: S + A
2997 static inline typename
This::Status
2998 thm_abs5(unsigned char *view
,
2999 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3000 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3002 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3003 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3004 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3005 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3006 Reltype addend
= (val
& 0x7e0U
) >> 6;
3007 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3008 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
<< 6, 0x7e0U
);
3009 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3011 // R_ARM_ABS16 permits signed or unsigned results.
3012 int signed_x
= static_cast<int32_t>(x
);
3013 return ((signed_x
< -32768 || signed_x
> 65535)
3014 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3015 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3018 // R_ARM_ABS12: S + A
3019 static inline typename
This::Status
3020 abs12(unsigned char *view
,
3021 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3022 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3024 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3025 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3026 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3027 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3028 Reltype addend
= val
& 0x0fffU
;
3029 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3030 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0x0fffU
);
3031 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3032 return (utils::has_overflow
<12>(x
)
3033 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3034 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3037 // R_ARM_ABS16: S + A
3038 static inline typename
This::Status
3039 abs16(unsigned char *view
,
3040 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3041 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3043 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3044 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3045 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3046 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3047 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<16>(val
);
3048 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3049 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0xffffU
);
3050 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3051 return (utils::has_signed_unsigned_overflow
<16>(x
)
3052 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3053 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3056 // R_ARM_ABS32: (S + A) | T
3057 static inline typename
This::Status
3058 abs32(unsigned char *view
,
3059 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3060 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3061 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3063 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3064 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3065 Valtype addend
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3066 Valtype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
;
3067 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
3068 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3071 // R_ARM_REL32: (S + A) | T - P
3072 static inline typename
This::Status
3073 rel32(unsigned char *view
,
3074 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3075 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3076 Arm_address address
,
3077 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3079 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3080 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3081 Valtype addend
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3082 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3083 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
3084 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3087 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP24: (S + A) | T - P
3088 static typename
This::Status
3089 thm_jump19(unsigned char *view
, const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3090 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
, Arm_address address
,
3091 Arm_address thumb_bit
);
3093 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP6: S + A – P
3094 static inline typename
This::Status
3095 thm_jump6(unsigned char *view
,
3096 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3097 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3098 Arm_address address
)
3100 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3101 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3102 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3103 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3104 // bit[9]:bit[7:3]:’0’ (mask: 0x02f8)
3105 Reltype addend
= (((val
& 0x0200) >> 3) | ((val
& 0x00f8) >> 2));
3106 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3107 val
= (val
& 0xfd07) | ((x
& 0x0040) << 3) | ((val
& 0x003e) << 2);
3108 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3109 // CZB does only forward jumps.
3110 return ((x
> 0x007e)
3111 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3112 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3115 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP8: S + A – P
3116 static inline typename
This::Status
3117 thm_jump8(unsigned char *view
,
3118 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3119 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3120 Arm_address address
)
3122 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3123 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3124 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3125 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3126 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<8>((val
& 0x00ff) << 1);
3127 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3128 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, (val
& 0xff00) | ((x
& 0x01fe) >> 1));
3129 return (utils::has_overflow
<8>(x
)
3130 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3131 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3134 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP11: S + A – P
3135 static inline typename
This::Status
3136 thm_jump11(unsigned char *view
,
3137 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3138 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3139 Arm_address address
)
3141 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3142 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3143 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3144 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3145 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<11>((val
& 0x07ff) << 1);
3146 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3147 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, (val
& 0xf800) | ((x
& 0x0ffe) >> 1));
3148 return (utils::has_overflow
<11>(x
)
3149 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3150 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3153 // R_ARM_BASE_PREL: B(S) + A - P
3154 static inline typename
This::Status
3155 base_prel(unsigned char* view
,
3157 Arm_address address
)
3159 Base::rel32(view
, origin
- address
);
3163 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS: B(S) + A
3164 static inline typename
This::Status
3165 base_abs(unsigned char* view
,
3168 Base::rel32(view
, origin
);
3172 // R_ARM_GOT_BREL: GOT(S) + A - GOT_ORG
3173 static inline typename
This::Status
3174 got_brel(unsigned char* view
,
3175 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype got_offset
)
3177 Base::rel32(view
, got_offset
);
3178 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3181 // R_ARM_GOT_PREL: GOT(S) + A - P
3182 static inline typename
This::Status
3183 got_prel(unsigned char *view
,
3184 Arm_address got_entry
,
3185 Arm_address address
)
3187 Base::rel32(view
, got_entry
- address
);
3188 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3191 // R_ARM_PREL: (S + A) | T - P
3192 static inline typename
This::Status
3193 prel31(unsigned char *view
,
3194 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3195 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3196 Arm_address address
,
3197 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3199 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3200 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3201 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3202 Valtype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<31>(val
);
3203 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3204 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0x7fffffffU
);
3205 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3206 return (utils::has_overflow
<31>(x
) ?
3207 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3210 // R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC: (S + A) | T (relative address base is )
3211 // R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3212 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3213 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3214 static inline typename
This::Status
3215 movw(unsigned char* view
,
3216 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3217 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3218 Arm_address relative_address_base
,
3219 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3220 bool check_overflow
)
3222 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3223 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3224 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3225 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3226 Valtype x
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
)
3227 - relative_address_base
);
3228 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3229 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3230 return ((check_overflow
&& utils::has_overflow
<16>(x
))
3231 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3232 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3235 // R_ARM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3236 // R_ARM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3237 // R_ARM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3238 static inline typename
This::Status
3239 movt(unsigned char* view
,
3240 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3241 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3242 Arm_address relative_address_base
)
3244 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3245 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3246 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3247 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3248 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - relative_address_base
) >> 16;
3249 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3250 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3251 // FIXME: IHI0044D says that we should check for overflow.
3252 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3255 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC: S + A | T (relative_address_base is 0)
3256 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3257 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3258 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3259 static inline typename
This::Status
3260 thm_movw(unsigned char *view
,
3261 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3262 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3263 Arm_address relative_address_base
,
3264 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3265 bool check_overflow
)
3267 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3268 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3269 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3270 Reltype val
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3271 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3272 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3274 (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - relative_address_base
;
3275 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3276 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3277 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3278 return ((check_overflow
&& utils::has_overflow
<16>(x
))
3279 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3280 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3283 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3284 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3285 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3286 static inline typename
This::Status
3287 thm_movt(unsigned char* view
,
3288 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3289 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3290 Arm_address relative_address_base
)
3292 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3293 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3294 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3295 Reltype val
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3296 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3297 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3298 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - relative_address_base
) >> 16;
3299 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3300 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3301 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3302 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3305 // R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0: ((S + A) | T) - Pa (Thumb32)
3306 static inline typename
This::Status
3307 thm_alu11(unsigned char* view
,
3308 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3309 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3310 Arm_address address
,
3311 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3313 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3314 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3315 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3316 Reltype insn
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3317 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3319 // f e d c b|a|9|8 7 6 5|4|3 2 1 0||f|e d c|b a 9 8|7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3320 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
3321 // ADD{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 0 0 0|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3322 // ADDW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3323 // ADR[+] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3324 // SUB{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 1 0 1|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3325 // SUBW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3326 // ADR[-] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3328 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3329 const int sign
= ((insn
& 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0ad0000
3330 || (insn
& 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0af0000) ? -1 : 1;
3331 // Thumb2 addend encoding:
3332 // imm12 := i | imm3 | imm8
3333 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xff)
3334 | ((insn
& 0x00007000) >> 4)
3335 | ((insn
& 0x04000000) >> 15);
3336 // Apply a sign to the added.
3339 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
)
3340 - (address
& 0xfffffffc);
3341 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3342 // Mask out the value and a distinct part of the ADD/SUB opcode
3343 // (bits 7:5 of opword).
3344 insn
= (insn
& 0xfb0f8f00)
3346 | ((val
& 0x700) << 4)
3347 | ((val
& 0x800) << 15);
3348 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3349 // place is negative.
3353 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
>> 16);
3354 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, insn
& 0xffff);
3355 return ((val
> 0xfff) ?
3356 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3359 // R_ARM_THM_PC8: S + A - Pa (Thumb)
3360 static inline typename
This::Status
3361 thm_pc8(unsigned char* view
,
3362 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3363 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3364 Arm_address address
)
3366 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3367 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3368 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3369 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3370 Reltype addend
= ((insn
& 0x00ff) << 2);
3371 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - (address
& 0xfffffffc));
3372 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3373 insn
= (insn
& 0xff00) | ((val
& 0x03fc) >> 2);
3375 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3376 return ((val
> 0x03fc)
3377 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3378 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3381 // R_ARM_THM_PC12: S + A - Pa (Thumb32)
3382 static inline typename
This::Status
3383 thm_pc12(unsigned char* view
,
3384 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3385 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3386 Arm_address address
)
3388 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3389 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3390 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3391 Reltype insn
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3392 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3393 // Determine a sign for the addend (positive if the U bit is 1).
3394 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3395 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xfff);
3396 // Apply a sign to the added.
3399 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - (address
& 0xfffffffc));
3400 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3401 // Mask out and apply the value and the U bit.
3402 insn
= (insn
& 0xff7ff000) | (val
& 0xfff);
3403 // Set the U bit according to whether the value to go in the
3404 // place is positive.
3408 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
>> 16);
3409 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, insn
& 0xffff);
3410 return ((val
> 0xfff) ?
3411 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3415 static inline typename
This::Status
3416 v4bx(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3417 unsigned char *view
,
3418 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3419 const Arm_address address
,
3420 const bool is_interworking
)
3423 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3424 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3425 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3427 // Ensure that we have a BX instruction.
3428 gold_assert((val
& 0x0ffffff0) == 0x012fff10);
3429 const uint32_t reg
= (val
& 0xf);
3430 if (is_interworking
&& reg
!= 0xf)
3432 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3433 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3434 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3436 Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
);
3437 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3439 int32_t veneer_address
=
3440 stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() - 8 - address
;
3441 gold_assert((veneer_address
<= ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
3442 && (veneer_address
>= ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
));
3443 // Replace with a branch to veneer (B <addr>)
3444 val
= (val
& 0xf0000000) | 0x0a000000
3445 | ((veneer_address
>> 2) & 0x00ffffff);
3449 // Preserve Rm (lowest four bits) and the condition code
3450 // (highest four bits). Other bits encode MOV PC,Rm.
3451 val
= (val
& 0xf000000f) | 0x01a0f000;
3453 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3454 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3457 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3458 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0: ((S + A) | T) - P
3459 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3460 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1: ((S + A) | T) - P
3461 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2: ((S + A) | T) - P
3462 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3463 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3464 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3465 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3466 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3467 static inline typename
This::Status
3468 arm_grp_alu(unsigned char* view
,
3469 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3470 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3472 Arm_address address
,
3473 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3474 bool check_overflow
)
3476 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3477 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3478 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3479 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3481 // ALU group relocations are allowed only for the ADD/SUB instructions.
3482 // (0x00800000 - ADD, 0x00400000 - SUB)
3483 const Valtype opcode
= insn
& 0x01e00000;
3484 if (opcode
!= 0x00800000 && opcode
!= 0x00400000)
3485 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3487 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3488 const int sign
= (opcode
== 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3489 // shifter = rotate_imm * 2
3490 const uint32_t shifter
= (insn
& 0xf00) >> 7;
3491 // Initial addend value.
3492 int32_t addend
= insn
& 0xff;
3493 // Rotate addend right by shifter.
3494 addend
= (addend
>> shifter
) | (addend
<< (32 - shifter
));
3495 // Apply a sign to the added.
3498 int32_t x
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
);
3499 Valtype gn
= Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_gn(abs(x
), group
);
3500 // Check for overflow if required
3502 && (Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
) != 0))
3503 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3505 // Mask out the value and the ADD/SUB part of the opcode; take care
3506 // not to destroy the S bit.
3508 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3509 // place is negative.
3510 insn
|= ((x
< 0) ? 0x00400000 : 0x00800000);
3511 // Encode the offset (encoded Gn).
3514 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3515 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3518 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0: S + A - P
3519 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1: S + A - P
3520 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2: S + A - P
3521 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3522 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3523 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3524 static inline typename
This::Status
3525 arm_grp_ldr(unsigned char* view
,
3526 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3527 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3529 Arm_address address
)
3531 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3532 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3533 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3534 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3536 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3537 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xfff) * sign
;
3538 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3539 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3541 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3542 if (residual
>= 0x1000)
3543 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3545 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3547 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3552 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3553 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3556 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0: S + A - P
3557 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1: S + A - P
3558 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2: S + A - P
3559 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3560 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3561 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3562 static inline typename
This::Status
3563 arm_grp_ldrs(unsigned char* view
,
3564 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3565 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3567 Arm_address address
)
3569 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3570 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3571 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3572 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3574 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3575 int32_t addend
= (((insn
& 0xf00) >> 4) + (insn
& 0xf)) * sign
;
3576 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3577 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3579 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3580 if (residual
>= 0x100)
3581 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3583 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3585 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3588 insn
|= ((residual
& 0xf0) << 4) | (residual
& 0xf);
3590 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3591 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3594 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0: S + A - P
3595 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1: S + A - P
3596 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2: S + A - P
3597 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3598 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3599 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3600 static inline typename
This::Status
3601 arm_grp_ldc(unsigned char* view
,
3602 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3603 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3605 Arm_address address
)
3607 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3608 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3609 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3610 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3612 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3613 int32_t addend
= ((insn
& 0xff) << 2) * sign
;
3614 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3615 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3617 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3618 if ((residual
& 0x3) != 0 || residual
>= 0x400)
3619 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3621 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3623 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3626 insn
|= (residual
>> 2);
3628 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3629 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3633 // Relocate ARM long branches. This handles relocation types
3634 // R_ARM_CALL, R_ARM_JUMP24, R_ARM_PLT32 and R_ARM_XPC25.
3635 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3636 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3637 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3639 template<bool big_endian
>
3640 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3641 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::arm_branch_common(
3642 unsigned int r_type
,
3643 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3644 unsigned char *view
,
3645 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
3646 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3648 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3649 Arm_address address
,
3650 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3651 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3653 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3654 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3655 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3657 bool insn_is_b
= (((val
>> 28) & 0xf) <= 0xe)
3658 && ((val
& 0x0f000000UL
) == 0x0a000000UL
);
3659 bool insn_is_uncond_bl
= (val
& 0xff000000UL
) == 0xeb000000UL
;
3660 bool insn_is_cond_bl
= (((val
>> 28) & 0xf) < 0xe)
3661 && ((val
& 0x0f000000UL
) == 0x0b000000UL
);
3662 bool insn_is_blx
= (val
& 0xfe000000UL
) == 0xfa000000UL
;
3663 bool insn_is_any_branch
= (val
& 0x0e000000UL
) == 0x0a000000UL
;
3665 // Check that the instruction is valid.
3666 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)
3668 if (!insn_is_uncond_bl
&& !insn_is_blx
)
3669 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3671 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
3673 if (!insn_is_b
&& !insn_is_cond_bl
)
3674 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3676 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
3678 if (!insn_is_any_branch
)
3679 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3681 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
)
3683 // FIXME: AAELF document IH0044C does not say much about it other
3684 // than it being obsolete.
3685 if (!insn_is_any_branch
)
3686 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3691 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
3692 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
3693 // Do the same for local undefined symbols.
3694 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP depending
3695 // on the architecture.
3696 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
3697 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
3698 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3700 Valtype cond
= val
& 0xf0000000U
;
3701 if (arm_target
->may_use_arm_nop())
3702 val
= cond
| 0x0320f000;
3704 val
= cond
| 0x01a00000; // Using pre-UAL nop: mov r0, r0.
3705 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3706 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3709 Valtype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<26>(val
<< 2);
3710 Valtype branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3711 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3713 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
3715 bool may_use_blx
= arm_target
->may_use_blx();
3716 Reloc_stub
* stub
= NULL
;
3717 if (utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
)
3718 || ((thumb_bit
!= 0) && !(may_use_blx
&& r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)))
3720 Valtype unadjusted_branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
3722 Stub_type stub_type
=
3723 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
,
3724 unadjusted_branch_target
,
3726 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
3728 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3729 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3730 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3732 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, addend
);
3733 stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
3734 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3735 thumb_bit
= stub
->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
3736 branch_target
= stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() + addend
;
3737 branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3738 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
));
3742 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
3743 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
3747 gold_assert(may_use_blx
&& r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
);
3748 val
= (val
& 0xffffff) | 0xfa000000 | ((branch_offset
& 2) << 23);
3751 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, (branch_offset
>> 2), 0xffffffUL
);
3752 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3753 return (utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
)
3754 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3757 // Relocate THUMB long branches. This handles relocation types
3758 // R_ARM_THM_CALL, R_ARM_THM_JUMP24 and R_ARM_THM_XPC22.
3759 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3760 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3761 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3763 template<bool big_endian
>
3764 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3765 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thumb_branch_common(
3766 unsigned int r_type
,
3767 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3768 unsigned char *view
,
3769 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
3770 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3772 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3773 Arm_address address
,
3774 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3775 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3777 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3778 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3779 uint32_t upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3780 uint32_t lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3782 // FIXME: These tests are too loose and do not take THUMB/THUMB-2 difference
3784 bool is_bl_insn
= (lower_insn
& 0x1000U
) == 0x1000U
;
3785 bool is_blx_insn
= (lower_insn
& 0x1000U
) == 0x0000U
;
3787 // Check that the instruction is valid.
3788 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
)
3790 if (!is_bl_insn
&& !is_blx_insn
)
3791 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3793 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
3795 // This cannot be a BLX.
3797 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3799 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
3801 // Check for Thumb to Thumb call.
3803 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3806 gold_warning(_("%s: Thumb BLX instruction targets "
3807 "thumb function '%s'."),
3808 object
->name().c_str(),
3809 (gsym
? gsym
->name() : "(local)"));
3810 // Convert BLX to BL.
3811 lower_insn
|= 0x1000U
;
3817 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
3818 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
3819 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP.W for
3820 // Thumb-2 enabled architectures.
3821 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
3822 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
3823 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3825 if (arm_target
->may_use_thumb2_nop())
3827 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, 0xf3af);
3828 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, 0x8000);
3832 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, 0xe000);
3833 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, 0xbf00);
3835 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3838 int32_t addend
= This::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
3839 Arm_address branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3841 // For BLX, bit 1 of target address comes from bit 1 of base address.
3842 bool may_use_blx
= arm_target
->may_use_blx();
3843 if (thumb_bit
== 0 && may_use_blx
)
3844 branch_target
= utils::bit_select(branch_target
, address
, 0x2);
3846 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3848 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
3850 bool thumb2
= arm_target
->using_thumb2();
3851 if ((!thumb2
&& utils::has_overflow
<23>(branch_offset
))
3852 || (thumb2
&& utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
))
3853 || ((thumb_bit
== 0)
3854 && (((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
3855 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)))
3857 Arm_address unadjusted_branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
3859 Stub_type stub_type
=
3860 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
,
3861 unadjusted_branch_target
,
3864 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
3866 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3867 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3868 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3870 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, addend
);
3871 Reloc_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
3872 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3873 thumb_bit
= stub
->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
3874 branch_target
= stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() + addend
;
3875 if (thumb_bit
== 0 && may_use_blx
)
3876 branch_target
= utils::bit_select(branch_target
, address
, 0x2);
3877 branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3881 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
3882 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
3885 gold_assert(may_use_blx
3886 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
3887 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
));
3888 // Make sure this is a BLX.
3889 lower_insn
&= ~0x1000U
;
3893 // Make sure this is a BL.
3894 lower_insn
|= 0x1000U
;
3897 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is rounded up
3898 // to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of the instruction
3899 // which specifies that bit 1 of the target address will come from bit
3900 // 1 of the base address.
3901 if ((lower_insn
& 0x5000U
) == 0x4000U
)
3902 gold_assert((branch_offset
& 3) == 0);
3904 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn. Assumes two's complement.
3905 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding, which is safe even if dealing with
3906 // a Thumb-1 instruction by virtue of our overflow check above. */
3907 upper_insn
= This::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
3908 lower_insn
= This::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
3910 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
3911 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
3913 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
));
3916 ? utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
)
3917 : utils::has_overflow
<23>(branch_offset
))
3918 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3919 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3922 // Relocate THUMB-2 long conditional branches.
3923 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3924 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3925 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3927 template<bool big_endian
>
3928 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3929 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump19(
3930 unsigned char *view
,
3931 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3932 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3933 Arm_address address
,
3934 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3936 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3937 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3938 uint32_t upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3939 uint32_t lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3940 int32_t addend
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
3942 Arm_address branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3943 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3945 // ??? Should handle interworking? GCC might someday try to
3946 // use this for tail calls.
3947 // FIXME: We do support thumb entry to PLT yet.
3950 gold_error(_("conditional branch to PLT in THUMB-2 not supported yet."));
3951 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3954 // Put RELOCATION back into the insn.
3955 upper_insn
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
3956 lower_insn
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
3958 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
3959 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
3960 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
3962 return (utils::has_overflow
<21>(branch_offset
)
3963 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3964 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3967 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
3969 template<bool big_endian
>
3970 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>*
3971 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::got_section(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
3973 if (this->got_
== NULL
)
3975 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
);
3977 this->got_
= new Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>(symtab
, layout
);
3980 os
= layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
3982 | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
3983 this->got_
, false, false, false,
3985 // The old GNU linker creates a .got.plt section. We just
3986 // create another set of data in the .got section. Note that we
3987 // always create a PLT if we create a GOT, although the PLT
3989 this->got_plt_
= new Output_data_space(4, "** GOT PLT");
3990 os
= layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
3992 | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
3993 this->got_plt_
, false, false,
3996 // The first three entries are reserved.
3997 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(3 * 4);
3999 // Define _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the PLT.
4000 symtab
->define_in_output_data("_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", NULL
,
4001 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
4003 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
4005 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
4011 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
4013 template<bool big_endian
>
4014 typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
4015 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::rel_dyn_section(Layout
* layout
)
4017 if (this->rel_dyn_
== NULL
)
4019 gold_assert(layout
!= NULL
);
4020 this->rel_dyn_
= new Reloc_section(parameters
->options().combreloc());
4021 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
4022 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_dyn_
, true,
4023 false, false, false);
4025 return this->rel_dyn_
;
4028 // Insn_template methods.
4030 // Return byte size of an instruction template.
4033 Insn_template::size() const
4035 switch (this->type())
4038 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4049 // Return alignment of an instruction template.
4052 Insn_template::alignment() const
4054 switch (this->type())
4057 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4068 // Stub_template methods.
4070 Stub_template::Stub_template(
4071 Stub_type type
, const Insn_template
* insns
,
4073 : type_(type
), insns_(insns
), insn_count_(insn_count
), alignment_(1),
4074 entry_in_thumb_mode_(false), relocs_()
4078 // Compute byte size and alignment of stub template.
4079 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< insn_count
; i
++)
4081 unsigned insn_alignment
= insns
[i
].alignment();
4082 size_t insn_size
= insns
[i
].size();
4083 gold_assert((offset
& (insn_alignment
- 1)) == 0);
4084 this->alignment_
= std::max(this->alignment_
, insn_alignment
);
4085 switch (insns
[i
].type())
4087 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE
:
4088 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4090 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
= true;
4093 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE
:
4094 if (insns
[i
].r_type() != elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
)
4095 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4097 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
= true;
4100 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE
:
4101 // Handle cases where the target is encoded within the
4103 if (insns
[i
].r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
4104 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4107 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE
:
4108 // Entry point cannot be data.
4109 gold_assert(i
!= 0);
4110 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4116 offset
+= insn_size
;
4118 this->size_
= offset
;
4123 // Template to implement do_write for a specific target endianity.
4125 template<bool big_endian
>
4127 Stub::do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
)
4129 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= this->stub_template();
4130 const Insn_template
* insns
= stub_template
->insns();
4132 // FIXME: We do not handle BE8 encoding yet.
4133 unsigned char* pov
= view
;
4134 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< stub_template
->insn_count(); i
++)
4136 switch (insns
[i
].type())
4138 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE
:
4139 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, insns
[i
].data() & 0xffff);
4141 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4142 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(
4144 this->thumb16_special(i
));
4146 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE
:
4148 uint32_t hi
= (insns
[i
].data() >> 16) & 0xffff;
4149 uint32_t lo
= insns
[i
].data() & 0xffff;
4150 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, hi
);
4151 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 2, lo
);
4154 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE
:
4155 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE
:
4156 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, insns
[i
].data());
4161 pov
+= insns
[i
].size();
4163 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov
- view
) == view_size
);
4166 // Reloc_stub::Key methods.
4168 // Dump a Key as a string for debugging.
4171 Reloc_stub::Key::name() const
4173 if (this->r_sym_
== invalid_index
)
4175 // Global symbol key name
4176 // <stub-type>:<symbol name>:<addend>.
4177 const std::string sym_name
= this->u_
.symbol
->name();
4178 // We need to print two hex number and two colons. So just add 100 bytes
4179 // to the symbol name size.
4180 size_t len
= sym_name
.size() + 100;
4181 char* buffer
= new char[len
];
4182 int c
= snprintf(buffer
, len
, "%d:%s:%x", this->stub_type_
,
4183 sym_name
.c_str(), this->addend_
);
4184 gold_assert(c
> 0 && c
< static_cast<int>(len
));
4186 return std::string(buffer
);
4190 // local symbol key name
4191 // <stub-type>:<object>:<r_sym>:<addend>.
4192 const size_t len
= 200;
4194 int c
= snprintf(buffer
, len
, "%d:%p:%u:%x", this->stub_type_
,
4195 this->u_
.relobj
, this->r_sym_
, this->addend_
);
4196 gold_assert(c
> 0 && c
< static_cast<int>(len
));
4197 return std::string(buffer
);
4201 // Reloc_stub methods.
4203 // Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a relocation of R_TYPE at
4204 // LOCATION to DESTINATION.
4205 // This code is based on the arm_type_of_stub function in
4206 // bfd/elf32-arm.c. We have changed the interface a liitle to keep the Stub
4210 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(
4211 unsigned int r_type
,
4212 Arm_address location
,
4213 Arm_address destination
,
4214 bool target_is_thumb
)
4216 Stub_type stub_type
= arm_stub_none
;
4218 // This is a bit ugly but we want to avoid using a templated class for
4219 // big and little endianities.
4221 bool should_force_pic_veneer
;
4224 if (parameters
->target().is_big_endian())
4226 const Target_arm
<true>* big_endian_target
=
4227 Target_arm
<true>::default_target();
4228 may_use_blx
= big_endian_target
->may_use_blx();
4229 should_force_pic_veneer
= big_endian_target
->should_force_pic_veneer();
4230 thumb2
= big_endian_target
->using_thumb2();
4231 thumb_only
= big_endian_target
->using_thumb_only();
4235 const Target_arm
<false>* little_endian_target
=
4236 Target_arm
<false>::default_target();
4237 may_use_blx
= little_endian_target
->may_use_blx();
4238 should_force_pic_veneer
= little_endian_target
->should_force_pic_veneer();
4239 thumb2
= little_endian_target
->using_thumb2();
4240 thumb_only
= little_endian_target
->using_thumb_only();
4243 int64_t branch_offset
;
4244 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
|| r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
4246 // For THUMB BLX instruction, bit 1 of target comes from bit 1 of the
4247 // base address (instruction address + 4).
4248 if ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && may_use_blx
&& !target_is_thumb
)
4249 destination
= utils::bit_select(destination
, location
, 0x2);
4250 branch_offset
= static_cast<int64_t>(destination
) - location
;
4252 // Handle cases where:
4253 // - this call goes too far (different Thumb/Thumb2 max
4255 // - it's a Thumb->Arm call and blx is not available, or it's a
4256 // Thumb->Arm branch (not bl). A stub is needed in this case.
4258 && (branch_offset
> THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4259 || (branch_offset
< THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
4261 && (branch_offset
> THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4262 || (branch_offset
< THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
4263 || ((!target_is_thumb
)
4264 && (((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4265 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
))))
4267 if (target_is_thumb
)
4272 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4273 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4276 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4277 // V5T and above. Stub starts with ARM code, so
4278 // we must be able to switch mode before
4279 // reaching it, which is only possible for 'bl'
4280 // (ie R_ARM_THM_CALL relocation).
4281 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
4282 // On V4T, use Thumb code only.
4283 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic
)
4287 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4288 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4289 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb
); // V4T.
4293 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4294 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4295 ? arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
// PIC stub.
4296 : arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only
; // non-PIC stub.
4303 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4304 // object that has interwork enabled.
4306 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4307 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4310 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4311 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
// V5T and above.
4312 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic
) // V4T.
4316 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4317 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4318 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
); // V4T.
4320 // Handle v4t short branches.
4321 if ((stub_type
== arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
)
4322 && (branch_offset
<= THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
4323 && (branch_offset
>= THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
))
4324 stub_type
= arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
;
4328 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
4329 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
4330 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
4332 branch_offset
= static_cast<int64_t>(destination
) - location
;
4333 if (target_is_thumb
)
4337 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4338 // object that has interwork enabled.
4340 // We have an extra 2-bytes reach because of
4341 // the mode change (bit 24 (H) of BLX encoding).
4342 if (branch_offset
> (ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
+ 2)
4343 || (branch_offset
< ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
4344 || ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4345 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
4346 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
))
4348 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4349 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4352 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
// V5T and above.
4353 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic
) // V4T stub.
4357 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4358 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb
); // V4T.
4364 if (branch_offset
> ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4365 || (branch_offset
< ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
))
4367 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4368 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4369 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
// PIC stubs.
4370 : arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
; /// non-PIC.
4378 // Cortex_a8_stub methods.
4380 // Return the instruction for a THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
4381 // I is the position of the instruction template in the stub template.
4384 Cortex_a8_stub::do_thumb16_special(size_t i
)
4386 // The only use of this is to copy condition code from a conditional
4387 // branch being worked around to the corresponding conditional branch in
4389 gold_assert(this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
4391 uint16_t data
= this->stub_template()->insns()[i
].data();
4392 gold_assert((data
& 0xff00U
) == 0xd000U
);
4393 data
|= ((this->original_insn_
>> 22) & 0xf) << 8;
4397 // Stub_factory methods.
4399 Stub_factory::Stub_factory()
4401 // The instruction template sequences are declared as static
4402 // objects and initialized first time the constructor runs.
4404 // Arm/Thumb -> Arm/Thumb long branch stub. On V5T and above, use blx
4405 // to reach the stub if necessary.
4406 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
[] =
4408 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4409 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4410 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4413 // V4T Arm -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4415 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb
[] =
4417 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4418 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4419 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4420 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4423 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on M-profile architectures.
4424 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only
[] =
4426 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4427 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4428 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4684), // mov ip, r0
4429 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4430 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4431 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbf00), // nop
4432 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4433 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4436 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Using the stack is not
4438 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb
[] =
4440 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4441 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4442 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4443 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4444 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4445 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4448 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4450 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
[] =
4452 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4453 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4454 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4455 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4456 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4459 // V4T Thumb -> ARM short branch stub. Shorter variant of the above
4460 // one, when the destination is close enough.
4461 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
[] =
4463 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4464 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4465 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8), // b (X-8)
4468 // ARM/Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4469 // blx to reach the stub if necessary.
4470 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
[] =
4472 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr r12, [pc]
4473 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08ff00c), // add pc, pc, ip
4474 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, -4),
4475 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X-4)
4478 // ARM/Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4479 // blx to reach the stub if necessary. We can not add into pc;
4480 // it is not guaranteed to mode switch (different in ARMv6 and
4482 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
[] =
4484 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr r12, [pc, #4]
4485 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4486 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4487 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4488 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4491 // V4T ARM -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4492 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic
[] =
4494 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4495 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4496 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4497 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4498 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4501 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4502 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic
[] =
4504 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4505 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4506 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4507 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08cf00f), // add pc, ip, pc
4508 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, -4),
4509 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4512 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Used on M-profile
4514 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
[] =
4516 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4517 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4518 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46fc), // mov ip, pc
4519 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4484), // add ip, r0
4520 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4521 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4522 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 4),
4523 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4526 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Using the stack is not
4528 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic
[] =
4530 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4531 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4532 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4533 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4534 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4535 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4536 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4539 // Cortex-A8 erratum-workaround stubs.
4541 // Stub used for conditional branches (which may be beyond +/-1MB away,
4542 // so we can't use a conditional branch to reach this stub).
4549 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
[] =
4551 Insn_template::thumb16_bcond_insn(0xd001), // b<cond>.n true
4552 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4), // b.w after
4553 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // true:
4557 // Stub used for b.w and bl.w instructions.
4559 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
[] =
4561 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4564 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
[] =
4566 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4569 // Stub used for Thumb-2 blx.w instructions. We modified the original blx.w
4570 // instruction (which switches to ARM mode) to point to this stub. Jump to
4571 // the real destination using an ARM-mode branch.
4572 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
[] =
4574 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8) // b dest
4577 // Stub used to provide an interworking for R_ARM_V4BX relocation
4578 // (bx r[n] instruction).
4579 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
[] =
4581 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe3100001), // tst r<n>, #1
4582 Insn_template::arm_insn(0x01a0f000), // moveq pc, r<n>
4583 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff10) // bx r<n>
4586 // Fill in the stub template look-up table. Stub templates are constructed
4587 // per instance of Stub_factory for fast look-up without locking
4588 // in a thread-enabled environment.
4590 this->stub_templates_
[arm_stub_none
] =
4591 new Stub_template(arm_stub_none
, NULL
, 0);
4593 #define DEF_STUB(x) \
4597 = sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x) / sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x[0]); \
4598 Stub_type type = arm_stub_##x; \
4599 this->stub_templates_[type] = \
4600 new Stub_template(type, elf32_arm_stub_##x, array_size); \
4608 // Stub_table methods.
4610 // Removel all Cortex-A8 stub.
4612 template<bool big_endian
>
4614 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs()
4616 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4617 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4620 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.clear();
4623 // Relocate one stub. This is a helper for Stub_table::relocate_stubs().
4625 template<bool big_endian
>
4627 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::relocate_stub(
4629 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4630 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4631 Output_section
* output_section
,
4632 unsigned char* view
,
4633 Arm_address address
,
4634 section_size_type view_size
)
4636 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
4637 if (stub_template
->reloc_count() != 0)
4639 // Adjust view to cover the stub only.
4640 section_size_type offset
= stub
->offset();
4641 section_size_type stub_size
= stub_template
->size();
4642 gold_assert(offset
+ stub_size
<= view_size
);
4644 arm_target
->relocate_stub(stub
, relinfo
, output_section
, view
+ offset
,
4645 address
+ offset
, stub_size
);
4649 // Relocate all stubs in this stub table.
4651 template<bool big_endian
>
4653 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::relocate_stubs(
4654 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4655 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4656 Output_section
* output_section
,
4657 unsigned char* view
,
4658 Arm_address address
,
4659 section_size_type view_size
)
4661 // If we are passed a view bigger than the stub table's. we need to
4663 gold_assert(address
== this->address()
4665 == static_cast<section_size_type
>(this->data_size())));
4667 // Relocate all relocation stubs.
4668 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4669 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4671 this->relocate_stub(p
->second
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4672 address
, view_size
);
4674 // Relocate all Cortex-A8 stubs.
4675 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4676 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4678 this->relocate_stub(p
->second
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4679 address
, view_size
);
4681 // Relocate all ARM V4BX stubs.
4682 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4683 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4687 this->relocate_stub(*p
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4688 address
, view_size
);
4692 // Write out the stubs to file.
4694 template<bool big_endian
>
4696 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
4698 off_t offset
= this->offset();
4699 const section_size_type oview_size
=
4700 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
4701 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
4703 // Write relocation stubs.
4704 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4705 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4708 Reloc_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4709 Arm_address address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4711 == align_address(address
,
4712 stub
->stub_template()->alignment()));
4713 stub
->write(oview
+ stub
->offset(), stub
->stub_template()->size(),
4717 // Write Cortex-A8 stubs.
4718 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4719 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4722 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4723 Arm_address address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4725 == align_address(address
,
4726 stub
->stub_template()->alignment()));
4727 stub
->write(oview
+ stub
->offset(), stub
->stub_template()->size(),
4731 // Write ARM V4BX relocation stubs.
4732 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4733 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4739 Arm_address address
= this->address() + (*p
)->offset();
4741 == align_address(address
,
4742 (*p
)->stub_template()->alignment()));
4743 (*p
)->write(oview
+ (*p
)->offset(), (*p
)->stub_template()->size(),
4747 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
4750 // Update the data size and address alignment of the stub table at the end
4751 // of a relaxation pass. Return true if either the data size or the
4752 // alignment changed in this relaxation pass.
4754 template<bool big_endian
>
4756 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::update_data_size_and_addralign()
4758 // Go over all stubs in table to compute data size and address alignment.
4759 off_t size
= this->reloc_stubs_size_
;
4760 unsigned addralign
= this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
;
4762 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4763 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4766 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= p
->second
->stub_template();
4767 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
4768 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
4769 + stub_template
->size());
4772 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4773 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4779 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= (*p
)->stub_template();
4780 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
4781 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
4782 + stub_template
->size());
4785 // Check if either data size or alignment changed in this pass.
4786 // Update prev_data_size_ and prev_addralign_. These will be used
4787 // as the current data size and address alignment for the next pass.
4788 bool changed
= size
!= this->prev_data_size_
;
4789 this->prev_data_size_
= size
;
4791 if (addralign
!= this->prev_addralign_
)
4793 this->prev_addralign_
= addralign
;
4798 // Finalize the stubs. This sets the offsets of the stubs within the stub
4799 // table. It also marks all input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround.
4801 template<bool big_endian
>
4803 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::finalize_stubs()
4805 off_t off
= this->reloc_stubs_size_
;
4806 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4807 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4810 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4811 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
4812 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
4813 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
4814 stub
->set_offset(off
);
4815 off
+= stub_template
->size();
4817 // Mark input section so that we can determine later if a code section
4818 // needs the Cortex-A8 workaround quickly.
4819 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
4820 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(stub
->relobj());
4821 arm_relobj
->mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(stub
->shndx());
4824 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4825 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4831 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= (*p
)->stub_template();
4832 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
4833 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
4834 (*p
)->set_offset(off
);
4835 off
+= stub_template
->size();
4838 gold_assert(off
<= this->prev_data_size_
);
4841 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range between VIEW_ADDRESS
4842 // and VIEW_ADDRESS + VIEW_SIZE - 1. VIEW points to the mapped address
4843 // of the address range seen by the linker.
4845 template<bool big_endian
>
4847 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
4848 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4849 unsigned char* view
,
4850 Arm_address view_address
,
4851 section_size_type view_size
)
4853 // Cortex-A8 stubs are sorted by addresses of branches being fixed up.
4854 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
=
4855 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.lower_bound(view_address
);
4856 ((p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end())
4857 && (p
->first
< (view_address
+ view_size
)));
4860 // We do not store the THUMB bit in the LSB of either the branch address
4861 // or the stub offset. There is no need to strip the LSB.
4862 Arm_address branch_address
= p
->first
;
4863 const Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4864 Arm_address stub_address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4866 // Offset of the branch instruction relative to this view.
4867 section_size_type offset
=
4868 convert_to_section_size_type(branch_address
- view_address
);
4869 gold_assert((offset
+ 4) <= view_size
);
4871 arm_target
->apply_cortex_a8_workaround(stub
, stub_address
,
4872 view
+ offset
, branch_address
);
4876 // Arm_input_section methods.
4878 // Initialize an Arm_input_section.
4880 template<bool big_endian
>
4882 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::init()
4884 Relobj
* relobj
= this->relobj();
4885 unsigned int shndx
= this->shndx();
4887 // Cache these to speed up size and alignment queries. It is too slow
4888 // to call section_addraglin and section_size every time.
4889 this->original_addralign_
= relobj
->section_addralign(shndx
);
4890 this->original_size_
= relobj
->section_size(shndx
);
4892 // We want to make this look like the original input section after
4893 // output sections are finalized.
4894 Output_section
* os
= relobj
->output_section(shndx
);
4895 off_t offset
= relobj
->output_section_offset(shndx
);
4896 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
&& !relobj
->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
));
4897 this->set_address(os
->address() + offset
);
4898 this->set_file_offset(os
->offset() + offset
);
4900 this->set_current_data_size(this->original_size_
);
4901 this->finalize_data_size();
4904 template<bool big_endian
>
4906 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
4908 // We have to write out the original section content.
4909 section_size_type section_size
;
4910 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
4911 this->relobj()->section_contents(this->shndx(), §ion_size
, false);
4912 of
->write(this->offset(), section_contents
, section_size
);
4914 // If this owns a stub table and it is not empty, write it.
4915 if (this->is_stub_table_owner() && !this->stub_table_
->empty())
4916 this->stub_table_
->write(of
);
4919 // Finalize data size.
4921 template<bool big_endian
>
4923 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::set_final_data_size()
4925 // If this owns a stub table, finalize its data size as well.
4926 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
4928 uint64_t address
= this->address();
4930 // The stub table comes after the original section contents.
4931 address
+= this->original_size_
;
4932 address
= align_address(address
, this->stub_table_
->addralign());
4933 off_t offset
= this->offset() + (address
- this->address());
4934 this->stub_table_
->set_address_and_file_offset(address
, offset
);
4935 address
+= this->stub_table_
->data_size();
4936 gold_assert(address
== this->address() + this->current_data_size());
4939 this->set_data_size(this->current_data_size());
4942 // Reset address and file offset.
4944 template<bool big_endian
>
4946 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
4948 // Size of the original input section contents.
4949 off_t off
= convert_types
<off_t
, uint64_t>(this->original_size_
);
4951 // If this is a stub table owner, account for the stub table size.
4952 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
4954 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= this->stub_table_
;
4956 // Reset the stub table's address and file offset. The
4957 // current data size for child will be updated after that.
4958 stub_table_
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
4959 off
= align_address(off
, stub_table_
->addralign());
4960 off
+= stub_table
->current_data_size();
4963 this->set_current_data_size(off
);
4966 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind methods.
4968 // Write this to Output file OF for a fixed endianity.
4970 template<bool big_endian
>
4972 Arm_exidx_cantunwind::do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file
* of
)
4974 off_t offset
= this->offset();
4975 const section_size_type oview_size
= 8;
4976 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
4978 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
4979 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(oview
);
4981 Output_section
* os
= this->relobj_
->output_section(this->shndx_
);
4982 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
4984 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
4985 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(this->relobj_
);
4986 Arm_address output_offset
=
4987 arm_relobj
->get_output_section_offset(this->shndx_
);
4988 Arm_address section_start
;
4989 if(output_offset
!= Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::invalid_address
)
4990 section_start
= os
->address() + output_offset
;
4993 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
4994 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
4995 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this->relobj_
, this->shndx_
);
4996 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
4997 section_start
= poris
->address();
5000 // We always append this to the end of an EXIDX section.
5001 Arm_address output_address
=
5002 section_start
+ this->relobj_
->section_size(this->shndx_
);
5004 // Write out the entry. The first word either points to the beginning
5005 // or after the end of a text section. The second word is the special
5006 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND value.
5007 uint32_t prel31_offset
= output_address
- this->address();
5008 if (utils::has_overflow
<31>(offset
))
5009 gold_error(_("PREL31 overflow in EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry"));
5010 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, prel31_offset
& 0x7fffffffU
);
5011 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
);
5013 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
5016 // Arm_exidx_merged_section methods.
5018 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
5019 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
5020 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
5021 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
5022 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
5024 Arm_exidx_merged_section::Arm_exidx_merged_section(
5025 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section
,
5026 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map
,
5027 uint32_t deleted_bytes
)
5028 : Output_relaxed_input_section(exidx_input_section
.relobj(),
5029 exidx_input_section
.shndx(),
5030 exidx_input_section
.addralign()),
5031 exidx_input_section_(exidx_input_section
),
5032 section_offset_map_(section_offset_map
)
5034 // Fix size here so that we do not need to implement set_final_data_size.
5035 this->set_data_size(exidx_input_section
.size() - deleted_bytes
);
5036 this->fix_data_size();
5039 // Given an input OBJECT, an input section index SHNDX within that
5040 // object, and an OFFSET relative to the start of that input
5041 // section, return whether or not the corresponding offset within
5042 // the output section is known. If this function returns true, it
5043 // sets *POUTPUT to the output offset. The value -1 indicates that
5044 // this input offset is being discarded.
5047 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_output_offset(
5048 const Relobj
* relobj
,
5050 section_offset_type offset
,
5051 section_offset_type
* poutput
) const
5053 // We only handle offsets for the original EXIDX input section.
5054 if (relobj
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.relobj()
5055 || shndx
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.shndx())
5058 section_offset_type section_size
=
5059 convert_types
<section_offset_type
>(this->exidx_input_section_
.size());
5060 if (offset
< 0 || offset
>= section_size
)
5061 // Input offset is out of valid range.
5065 // We need to look up the section offset map to determine the output
5066 // offset. Find the reference point in map that is first offset
5067 // bigger than or equal to this offset.
5068 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p
=
5069 this->section_offset_map_
.lower_bound(offset
);
5071 // The section offset maps are build such that this should not happen if
5072 // input offset is in the valid range.
5073 gold_assert(p
!= this->section_offset_map_
.end());
5075 // We need to check if this is dropped.
5076 section_offset_type ref
= p
->first
;
5077 section_offset_type mapped_ref
= p
->second
;
5079 if (mapped_ref
!= Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset
)
5080 // Offset is present in output.
5081 *poutput
= mapped_ref
+ (offset
- ref
);
5083 // Offset is discarded owing to EXIDX entry merging.
5090 // Write this to output file OF.
5093 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
5095 // If we retain or discard the whole EXIDX input section, we would
5097 gold_assert(this->data_size() != this->exidx_input_section_
.size()
5098 && this->data_size() != 0);
5100 off_t offset
= this->offset();
5101 const section_size_type oview_size
= this->data_size();
5102 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
5104 Output_section
* os
= this->relobj()->output_section(this->shndx());
5105 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5107 // Get contents of EXIDX input section.
5108 section_size_type section_size
;
5109 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
5110 this->relobj()->section_contents(this->shndx(), §ion_size
, false);
5111 gold_assert(section_size
== this->exidx_input_section_
.size());
5113 // Go over spans of input offsets and write only those that are not
5115 section_offset_type in_start
= 0;
5116 section_offset_type out_start
= 0;
5117 for(Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p
=
5118 this->section_offset_map_
.begin();
5119 p
!= this->section_offset_map_
.end();
5122 section_offset_type in_end
= p
->first
;
5123 gold_assert(in_end
>= in_start
);
5124 section_offset_type out_end
= p
->second
;
5125 size_t in_chunk_size
= convert_types
<size_t>(in_end
- in_start
+ 1);
5128 size_t out_chunk_size
=
5129 convert_types
<size_t>(out_end
- out_start
+ 1);
5130 gold_assert(out_chunk_size
== in_chunk_size
);
5131 memcpy(oview
+ out_start
, section_contents
+ in_start
,
5133 out_start
+= out_chunk_size
;
5135 in_start
+= in_chunk_size
;
5138 gold_assert(convert_to_section_size_type(out_start
) == oview_size
);
5139 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
5142 // Arm_exidx_fixup methods.
5144 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND in the current output section if the last entry
5145 // is not an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry already. The new EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
5146 // points to the end of the last seen EXIDX section.
5149 Arm_exidx_fixup::add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed()
5151 if (this->last_unwind_type_
!= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
5152 && this->last_input_section_
!= NULL
)
5154 Relobj
* relobj
= this->last_input_section_
->relobj();
5155 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->last_input_section_
->link();
5156 Arm_exidx_cantunwind
* cantunwind
=
5157 new Arm_exidx_cantunwind(relobj
, text_shndx
);
5158 this->exidx_output_section_
->add_output_section_data(cantunwind
);
5159 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5163 // Process an EXIDX section entry in input. Return whether this entry
5164 // can be deleted in the output. SECOND_WORD in the second word of the
5168 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word
)
5171 if (second_word
== elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
)
5173 // Merge if previous entry is also an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
5174 delete_entry
= this->last_unwind_type_
== UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5175 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5177 else if ((second_word
& 0x80000000) != 0)
5179 // Inlined unwinding data. Merge if equal to previous.
5180 delete_entry
= (this->last_unwind_type_
== UT_INLINED_ENTRY
5181 && this->last_inlined_entry_
== second_word
);
5182 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_INLINED_ENTRY
;
5183 this->last_inlined_entry_
= second_word
;
5187 // Normal table entry. In theory we could merge these too,
5188 // but duplicate entries are likely to be much less common.
5189 delete_entry
= false;
5190 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_NORMAL_ENTRY
;
5192 return delete_entry
;
5195 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
5196 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
5197 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
5198 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
5199 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
5202 Arm_exidx_fixup::update_offset_map(
5203 section_offset_type input_offset
,
5204 section_size_type deleted_bytes
,
5207 if (this->section_offset_map_
== NULL
)
5208 this->section_offset_map_
= new Arm_exidx_section_offset_map();
5209 section_offset_type output_offset
;
5211 output_offset
= Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset
;
5213 output_offset
= input_offset
- deleted_bytes
;
5214 (*this->section_offset_map_
)[input_offset
] = output_offset
;
5217 // Process EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION for EXIDX entry merging. Return the number of
5218 // bytes deleted. If some entries are merged, also store a pointer to a newly
5219 // created Arm_exidx_section_offset_map object in *PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The
5220 // caller owns the map and is responsible for releasing it after use.
5222 template<bool big_endian
>
5224 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_section(
5225 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
,
5226 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
** psection_offset_map
)
5228 Relobj
* relobj
= exidx_input_section
->relobj();
5229 unsigned shndx
= exidx_input_section
->shndx();
5230 section_size_type section_size
;
5231 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
5232 relobj
->section_contents(shndx
, §ion_size
, false);
5234 if ((section_size
% 8) != 0)
5236 // Something is wrong with this section. Better not touch it.
5237 gold_error(_("uneven .ARM.exidx section size in %s section %u"),
5238 relobj
->name().c_str(), shndx
);
5239 this->last_input_section_
= exidx_input_section
;
5240 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_NONE
;
5244 uint32_t deleted_bytes
= 0;
5245 bool prev_delete_entry
= false;
5246 gold_assert(this->section_offset_map_
== NULL
);
5248 for (section_size_type i
= 0; i
< section_size
; i
+= 8)
5250 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
5252 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(section_contents
+ i
+ 4);
5253 uint32_t second_word
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
5255 bool delete_entry
= this->process_exidx_entry(second_word
);
5257 // Entry deletion causes changes in output offsets. We use a std::map
5258 // to record these. And entry (x, y) means input offset x
5259 // is mapped to output offset y. If y is invalid_offset, then x is
5260 // dropped in the output. Because of the way std::map::lower_bound
5261 // works, we record the last offset in a region w.r.t to keeping or
5262 // dropping. If there is no entry (x0, y0) for an input offset x0,
5263 // the output offset y0 of it is determined by the output offset y1 of
5264 // the smallest input offset x1 > x0 that there is an (x1, y1) entry
5265 // in the map. If y1 is not -1, then y0 = y1 + x0 - x1. Othewise, y1
5267 if (delete_entry
!= prev_delete_entry
&& i
!= 0)
5268 this->update_offset_map(i
- 1, deleted_bytes
, prev_delete_entry
);
5270 // Update total deleted bytes for this entry.
5274 prev_delete_entry
= delete_entry
;
5277 // If section offset map is not NULL, make an entry for the end of
5279 if (this->section_offset_map_
!= NULL
)
5280 update_offset_map(section_size
- 1, deleted_bytes
, prev_delete_entry
);
5282 *psection_offset_map
= this->section_offset_map_
;
5283 this->section_offset_map_
= NULL
;
5284 this->last_input_section_
= exidx_input_section
;
5286 // Set the first output text section so that we can link the EXIDX output
5287 // section to it. Ignore any EXIDX input section that is completely merged.
5288 if (this->first_output_text_section_
== NULL
5289 && deleted_bytes
!= section_size
)
5291 unsigned int link
= exidx_input_section
->link();
5292 Output_section
* os
= relobj
->output_section(link
);
5293 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5294 this->first_output_text_section_
= os
;
5297 return deleted_bytes
;
5300 // Arm_output_section methods.
5302 // Create a stub group for input sections from BEGIN to END. OWNER
5303 // points to the input section to be the owner a new stub table.
5305 template<bool big_endian
>
5307 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::create_stub_group(
5308 Input_section_list::const_iterator begin
,
5309 Input_section_list::const_iterator end
,
5310 Input_section_list::const_iterator owner
,
5311 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
5312 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>* new_relaxed_sections
)
5314 // We use a different kind of relaxed section in an EXIDX section.
5315 // The static casting from Output_relaxed_input_section to
5316 // Arm_input_section is invalid in an EXIDX section. We are okay
5317 // because we should not be calling this for an EXIDX section.
5318 gold_assert(this->type() != elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
5320 // Currently we convert ordinary input sections into relaxed sections only
5321 // at this point but we may want to support creating relaxed input section
5322 // very early. So we check here to see if owner is already a relaxed
5325 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
;
5326 if (owner
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5329 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_input_section(
5330 owner
->relaxed_input_section());
5334 gold_assert(owner
->is_input_section());
5335 // Create a new relaxed input section.
5337 target
->new_arm_input_section(owner
->relobj(), owner
->shndx());
5338 new_relaxed_sections
->push_back(arm_input_section
);
5341 // Create a stub table.
5342 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
5343 target
->new_stub_table(arm_input_section
);
5345 arm_input_section
->set_stub_table(stub_table
);
5347 Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= begin
;
5348 Input_section_list::const_iterator prev_p
;
5350 // Look for input sections or relaxed input sections in [begin ... end].
5353 if (p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5355 // The stub table information for input sections live
5356 // in their objects.
5357 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5358 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
5359 arm_relobj
->set_stub_table(p
->shndx(), stub_table
);
5363 while (prev_p
!= end
);
5366 // Group input sections for stub generation. GROUP_SIZE is roughly the limit
5367 // of stub groups. We grow a stub group by adding input section until the
5368 // size is just below GROUP_SIZE. The last input section will be converted
5369 // into a stub table. If STUB_ALWAYS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we also add
5370 // input section after the stub table, effectively double the group size.
5372 // This is similar to the group_sections() function in elf32-arm.c but is
5373 // implemented differently.
5375 template<bool big_endian
>
5377 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::group_sections(
5378 section_size_type group_size
,
5379 bool stubs_always_after_branch
,
5380 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
)
5382 // We only care about sections containing code.
5383 if ((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) == 0)
5386 // States for grouping.
5389 // No group is being built.
5391 // A group is being built but the stub table is not found yet.
5392 // We keep group a stub group until the size is just under GROUP_SIZE.
5393 // The last input section in the group will be used as the stub table.
5394 FINDING_STUB_SECTION
,
5395 // A group is being built and we have already found a stub table.
5396 // We enter this state to grow a stub group by adding input section
5397 // after the stub table. This effectively doubles the group size.
5401 // Any newly created relaxed sections are stored here.
5402 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*> new_relaxed_sections
;
5404 State state
= NO_GROUP
;
5405 section_size_type off
= 0;
5406 section_size_type group_begin_offset
= 0;
5407 section_size_type group_end_offset
= 0;
5408 section_size_type stub_table_end_offset
= 0;
5409 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_begin
=
5410 this->input_sections().end();
5411 Input_section_list::const_iterator stub_table
=
5412 this->input_sections().end();
5413 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_end
= this->input_sections().end();
5414 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
5415 p
!= this->input_sections().end();
5418 section_size_type section_begin_offset
=
5419 align_address(off
, p
->addralign());
5420 section_size_type section_end_offset
=
5421 section_begin_offset
+ p
->data_size();
5423 // Check to see if we should group the previously seens sections.
5429 case FINDING_STUB_SECTION
:
5430 // Adding this section makes the group larger than GROUP_SIZE.
5431 if (section_end_offset
- group_begin_offset
>= group_size
)
5433 if (stubs_always_after_branch
)
5435 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5436 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, group_end
,
5437 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
);
5442 // But wait, there's more! Input sections up to
5443 // stub_group_size bytes after the stub table can be
5444 // handled by it too.
5445 state
= HAS_STUB_SECTION
;
5446 stub_table
= group_end
;
5447 stub_table_end_offset
= group_end_offset
;
5452 case HAS_STUB_SECTION
:
5453 // Adding this section makes the post stub-section group larger
5455 if (section_end_offset
- stub_table_end_offset
>= group_size
)
5457 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5458 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, stub_table
,
5459 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
);
5468 // If we see an input section and currently there is no group, start
5469 // a new one. Skip any empty sections.
5470 if ((p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5471 && (p
->relobj()->section_size(p
->shndx()) != 0))
5473 if (state
== NO_GROUP
)
5475 state
= FINDING_STUB_SECTION
;
5477 group_begin_offset
= section_begin_offset
;
5480 // Keep track of the last input section seen.
5482 group_end_offset
= section_end_offset
;
5485 off
= section_end_offset
;
5488 // Create a stub group for any ungrouped sections.
5489 if (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
|| state
== HAS_STUB_SECTION
)
5491 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5492 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
,
5493 (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
5496 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
);
5499 // Convert input section into relaxed input section in a batch.
5500 if (!new_relaxed_sections
.empty())
5501 this->convert_input_sections_to_relaxed_sections(new_relaxed_sections
);
5503 // Update the section offsets
5504 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< new_relaxed_sections
.size(); ++i
)
5506 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5507 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(
5508 new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->relobj());
5509 unsigned int shndx
= new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->shndx();
5510 // Tell Arm_relobj that this input section is converted.
5511 arm_relobj
->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(shndx
);
5515 // Append non empty text sections in this to LIST in ascending
5516 // order of their position in this.
5518 template<bool big_endian
>
5520 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::append_text_sections_to_list(
5521 Text_section_list
* list
)
5523 // We only care about text sections.
5524 if ((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) == 0)
5527 gold_assert((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) != 0);
5529 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
5530 p
!= this->input_sections().end();
5533 // We only care about plain or relaxed input sections. We also
5534 // ignore any merged sections.
5535 if ((p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5536 && p
->data_size() != 0)
5537 list
->push_back(Text_section_list::value_type(p
->relobj(),
5542 template<bool big_endian
>
5544 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::fix_exidx_coverage(
5546 const Text_section_list
& sorted_text_sections
,
5547 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
5549 // We should only do this for the EXIDX output section.
5550 gold_assert(this->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
5552 // We don't want the relaxation loop to undo these changes, so we discard
5553 // the current saved states and take another one after the fix-up.
5554 this->discard_states();
5556 // Remove all input sections.
5557 uint64_t address
= this->address();
5558 typedef std::list
<Simple_input_section
> Simple_input_section_list
;
5559 Simple_input_section_list input_sections
;
5560 this->reset_address_and_file_offset();
5561 this->get_input_sections(address
, std::string(""), &input_sections
);
5563 if (!this->input_sections().empty())
5564 gold_error(_("Found non-EXIDX input sections in EXIDX output section"));
5566 // Go through all the known input sections and record them.
5567 typedef Unordered_set
<Section_id
, Section_id_hash
> Section_id_set
;
5568 Section_id_set known_input_sections
;
5569 for (Simple_input_section_list::const_iterator p
= input_sections
.begin();
5570 p
!= input_sections
.end();
5573 // This should never happen. At this point, we should only see
5574 // plain EXIDX input sections.
5575 gold_assert(!p
->is_relaxed_input_section());
5576 known_input_sections
.insert(Section_id(p
->relobj(), p
->shndx()));
5579 Arm_exidx_fixup
exidx_fixup(this);
5581 // Go over the sorted text sections.
5582 Section_id_set processed_input_sections
;
5583 for (Text_section_list::const_iterator p
= sorted_text_sections
.begin();
5584 p
!= sorted_text_sections
.end();
5587 Relobj
* relobj
= p
->first
;
5588 unsigned int shndx
= p
->second
;
5590 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5591 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relobj
);
5592 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5593 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_link(shndx
);
5595 // If this text section has no EXIDX section, force an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
5596 // entry pointing to the end of the last seen EXIDX section.
5597 if (exidx_input_section
== NULL
)
5599 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5603 Relobj
* exidx_relobj
= exidx_input_section
->relobj();
5604 unsigned int exidx_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->shndx();
5605 Section_id
sid(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
);
5606 if (known_input_sections
.find(sid
) == known_input_sections
.end())
5608 // This is odd. We have not seen this EXIDX input section before.
5609 // We cannot do fix-up. If we saw a SECTIONS clause in a script,
5610 // issue a warning instead. We assume the user knows what he
5611 // or she is doing. Otherwise, this is an error.
5612 if (layout
->script_options()->saw_sections_clause())
5613 gold_warning(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5614 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5615 exidx_shndx
, exidx_relobj
->name().c_str());
5617 gold_error(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5618 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5619 exidx_shndx
, exidx_relobj
->name().c_str());
5621 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5625 // Fix up coverage and append input section to output data list.
5626 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
* section_offset_map
= NULL
;
5627 uint32_t deleted_bytes
=
5628 exidx_fixup
.process_exidx_section
<big_endian
>(exidx_input_section
,
5629 §ion_offset_map
);
5631 if (deleted_bytes
== exidx_input_section
->size())
5633 // The whole EXIDX section got merged. Remove it from output.
5634 gold_assert(section_offset_map
== NULL
);
5635 exidx_relobj
->set_output_section(exidx_shndx
, NULL
);
5637 // All local symbols defined in this input section will be dropped.
5638 // We need to adjust output local symbol count.
5639 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5641 else if (deleted_bytes
> 0)
5643 // Some entries are merged. We need to convert this EXIDX input
5644 // section into a relaxed section.
5645 gold_assert(section_offset_map
!= NULL
);
5646 Arm_exidx_merged_section
* merged_section
=
5647 new Arm_exidx_merged_section(*exidx_input_section
,
5648 *section_offset_map
, deleted_bytes
);
5649 this->add_relaxed_input_section(merged_section
);
5650 arm_relobj
->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(exidx_shndx
);
5652 // All local symbols defined in discarded portions of this input
5653 // section will be dropped. We need to adjust output local symbol
5655 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5659 // Just add back the EXIDX input section.
5660 gold_assert(section_offset_map
== NULL
);
5661 Output_section::Simple_input_section
sis(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
);
5662 this->add_simple_input_section(sis
, exidx_input_section
->size(),
5663 exidx_input_section
->addralign());
5666 processed_input_sections
.insert(Section_id(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
));
5669 // Insert an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry at the end of output if necessary.
5670 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5672 // Remove any known EXIDX input sections that are not processed.
5673 for (Simple_input_section_list::const_iterator p
= input_sections
.begin();
5674 p
!= input_sections
.end();
5677 if (processed_input_sections
.find(Section_id(p
->relobj(), p
->shndx()))
5678 == processed_input_sections
.end())
5680 // We only discard a known EXIDX section because its linked
5681 // text section has been folded by ICF.
5682 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5683 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
5684 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5685 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(p
->shndx());
5686 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
5687 unsigned int text_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->link();
5688 gold_assert(symtab
->is_section_folded(p
->relobj(), text_shndx
));
5690 // Remove this from link.
5691 p
->relobj()->set_output_section(p
->shndx(), NULL
);
5695 // Link exidx output section to the first seen output section and
5696 // set correct entry size.
5697 this->set_link_section(exidx_fixup
.first_output_text_section());
5698 this->set_entsize(8);
5700 // Make changes permanent.
5701 this->save_states();
5702 this->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
5705 // Arm_relobj methods.
5707 // Determine if an input section is scannable for stub processing. SHDR is
5708 // the header of the section and SHNDX is the section index. OS is the output
5709 // section for the input section and SYMTAB is the global symbol table used to
5710 // look up ICF information.
5712 template<bool big_endian
>
5714 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_is_scannable(
5715 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
5717 const Output_section
* os
,
5718 const Symbol_table
*symtab
)
5720 // Skip any empty sections, unallocated sections or sections whose
5721 // type are not SHT_PROGBITS.
5722 if (shdr
.get_sh_size() == 0
5723 || (shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0
5724 || shdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
)
5727 // Skip any discarded or ICF'ed sections.
5728 if (os
== NULL
|| symtab
->is_section_folded(this, shndx
))
5731 // If this requires special offset handling, check to see if it is
5732 // a relaxed section. If this is not, then it is a merged section that
5733 // we cannot handle.
5734 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
))
5736 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
5737 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx
);
5745 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for relocation stubs.
5746 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
5748 template<bool big_endian
>
5750 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(
5751 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
5752 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections
,
5753 const Symbol_table
*symtab
,
5754 const unsigned char* pshdrs
)
5756 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
5757 if (sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_REL
&& sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
5760 // Ignore empty section.
5761 off_t sh_size
= shdr
.get_sh_size();
5765 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected symbol table. The
5766 // error will be reported in the final link.
5767 if (this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link()) != this->symtab_shndx())
5770 unsigned int reloc_size
;
5771 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
5772 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
5774 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
5776 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected entsize or uneven size.
5777 // The error will be reported in the final link.
5778 if (reloc_size
!= shdr
.get_sh_entsize() || sh_size
% reloc_size
!= 0)
5781 // Ignore reloc section with bad info. This error will be
5782 // reported in the final link.
5783 unsigned int index
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
5784 if (index
>= this->shnum())
5787 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
5788 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> text_shdr(pshdrs
+ index
* shdr_size
);
5789 return this->section_is_scannable(text_shdr
, index
,
5790 out_sections
[index
], symtab
);
5793 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a relaxed
5794 // input section. SHNDX is the section index. We define and use this
5795 // instead of calling Output_section::output_address because that is slow
5796 // for large output.
5798 template<bool big_endian
>
5800 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::simple_input_section_output_address(
5804 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
))
5806 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
5807 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx
);
5808 // We do not handle merged sections here.
5809 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
5810 return poris
->address();
5813 return os
->address() + this->get_output_section_offset(shndx
);
5816 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for non-relocation stubs.
5817 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
5819 template<bool big_endian
>
5821 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(
5822 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
5825 const Symbol_table
* symtab
)
5827 if (!this->section_is_scannable(shdr
, shndx
, os
, symtab
))
5830 // If the section does not cross any 4K-boundaries, it does not need to
5832 Arm_address address
= this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx
, os
);
5833 if ((address
& ~0xfffU
) == ((address
+ shdr
.get_sh_size() - 1) & ~0xfffU
))
5839 // Scan a section for Cortex-A8 workaround.
5841 template<bool big_endian
>
5843 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
5844 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
5847 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
)
5849 // Look for the first mapping symbol in this section. It should be
5851 Mapping_symbol_position
section_start(shndx
, 0);
5852 typename
Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator p
=
5853 this->mapping_symbols_info_
.lower_bound(section_start
);
5855 // There are no mapping symbols for this section. Treat it as a data-only
5857 if (p
== this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end() || p
->first
.first
!= shndx
)
5860 Arm_address output_address
=
5861 this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx
, os
);
5863 // Get the section contents.
5864 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
5865 const unsigned char* input_view
=
5866 this->section_contents(shndx
, &input_view_size
, false);
5868 // We need to go through the mapping symbols to determine what to
5869 // scan. There are two reasons. First, we should look at THUMB code and
5870 // THUMB code only. Second, we only want to look at the 4K-page boundary
5871 // to speed up the scanning.
5873 while (p
!= this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end()
5874 && p
->first
.first
== shndx
)
5876 typename
Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator next
=
5877 this->mapping_symbols_info_
.upper_bound(p
->first
);
5879 // Only scan part of a section with THUMB code.
5880 if (p
->second
== 't')
5882 // Determine the end of this range.
5883 section_size_type span_start
=
5884 convert_to_section_size_type(p
->first
.second
);
5885 section_size_type span_end
;
5886 if (next
!= this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end()
5887 && next
->first
.first
== shndx
)
5888 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(next
->first
.second
);
5890 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
5892 if (((span_start
+ output_address
) & ~0xfffUL
)
5893 != ((span_end
+ output_address
- 1) & ~0xfffUL
))
5895 arm_target
->scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(this, shndx
,
5896 span_start
, span_end
,
5906 // Scan relocations for stub generation.
5908 template<bool big_endian
>
5910 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::scan_sections_for_stubs(
5911 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
5912 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
5913 const Layout
* layout
)
5915 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
5916 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
5918 // Read the section headers.
5919 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
5923 // To speed up processing, we set up hash tables for fast lookup of
5924 // input offsets to output addresses.
5925 this->initialize_input_to_output_maps();
5927 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections(this->output_sections());
5929 Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
> relinfo
;
5930 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
5931 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
5932 relinfo
.object
= this;
5934 // Do relocation stubs scanning.
5935 const unsigned char* p
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
5936 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, p
+= shdr_size
)
5938 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(p
);
5939 if (this->section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(shdr
, out_sections
, symtab
,
5942 unsigned int index
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
5943 Arm_address output_offset
= this->get_output_section_offset(index
);
5944 Arm_address output_address
;
5945 if(output_offset
!= invalid_address
)
5946 output_address
= out_sections
[index
]->address() + output_offset
;
5949 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
5950 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
5951 out_sections
[index
]->find_relaxed_input_section(this, index
);
5952 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
5953 output_address
= poris
->address();
5956 // Get the relocations.
5957 const unsigned char* prelocs
= this->get_view(shdr
.get_sh_offset(),
5961 // Get the section contents. This does work for the case in which
5962 // we modify the contents of an input section. We need to pass the
5963 // output view under such circumstances.
5964 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
5965 const unsigned char* input_view
=
5966 this->section_contents(index
, &input_view_size
, false);
5968 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= i
;
5969 relinfo
.data_shndx
= index
;
5970 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
5971 unsigned int reloc_size
;
5972 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
5973 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
5975 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
5977 Output_section
* os
= out_sections
[index
];
5978 arm_target
->scan_section_for_stubs(&relinfo
, sh_type
, prelocs
,
5979 shdr
.get_sh_size() / reloc_size
,
5981 output_offset
== invalid_address
,
5982 input_view
, output_address
,
5987 // Do Cortex-A8 erratum stubs scanning. This has to be done for a section
5988 // after its relocation section, if there is one, is processed for
5989 // relocation stubs. Merging this loop with the one above would have been
5990 // complicated since we would have had to make sure that relocation stub
5991 // scanning is done first.
5992 if (arm_target
->fix_cortex_a8())
5994 const unsigned char* p
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
5995 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, p
+= shdr_size
)
5997 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(p
);
5998 if (this->section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(shdr
, i
,
6001 this->scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(shdr
, i
, out_sections
[i
],
6006 // After we've done the relocations, we release the hash tables,
6007 // since we no longer need them.
6008 this->free_input_to_output_maps();
6011 // Count the local symbols. The ARM backend needs to know if a symbol
6012 // is a THUMB function or not. For global symbols, it is easy because
6013 // the Symbol object keeps the ELF symbol type. For local symbol it is
6014 // harder because we cannot access this information. So we override the
6015 // do_count_local_symbol in parent and scan local symbols to mark
6016 // THUMB functions. This is not the most efficient way but I do not want to
6017 // slow down other ports by calling a per symbol targer hook inside
6018 // Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols.
6020 template<bool big_endian
>
6022 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(
6023 Stringpool_template
<char>* pool
,
6024 Stringpool_template
<char>* dynpool
)
6026 // We need to fix-up the values of any local symbols whose type are
6029 // Ask parent to count the local symbols.
6030 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(pool
, dynpool
);
6031 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6035 // Intialize the thumb function bit-vector.
6036 std::vector
<bool> empty_vector(loccount
, false);
6037 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
.swap(empty_vector
);
6039 // Read the symbol table section header.
6040 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6041 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6042 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6043 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6045 // Read the local symbols.
6046 const int sym_size
=elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6047 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6048 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6049 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6050 locsize
, true, true);
6052 // For mapping symbol processing, we need to read the symbol names.
6053 unsigned int strtab_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(symtabshdr
.get_sh_link());
6054 if (strtab_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6056 this->error(_("invalid symbol table name index: %u"), strtab_shndx
);
6060 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6061 strtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(strtab_shndx
));
6062 if (strtabshdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB
)
6064 this->error(_("symbol table name section has wrong type: %u"),
6065 static_cast<unsigned int>(strtabshdr
.get_sh_type()));
6068 const char* pnames
=
6069 reinterpret_cast<const char*>(this->get_view(strtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6070 strtabshdr
.get_sh_size(),
6073 // Loop over the local symbols and mark any local symbols pointing
6074 // to THUMB functions.
6076 // Skip the first dummy symbol.
6078 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Local_values
* plocal_values
=
6079 this->local_values();
6080 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
6082 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
6083 elfcpp::STT st_type
= sym
.get_st_type();
6084 Symbol_value
<32>& lv((*plocal_values
)[i
]);
6085 Arm_address input_value
= lv
.input_value();
6087 // Check to see if this is a mapping symbol.
6088 const char* sym_name
= pnames
+ sym
.get_st_name();
6089 if (Target_arm
<big_endian
>::is_mapping_symbol_name(sym_name
))
6091 unsigned int input_shndx
= sym
.get_st_shndx();
6093 // Strip of LSB in case this is a THUMB symbol.
6094 Mapping_symbol_position
msp(input_shndx
, input_value
& ~1U);
6095 this->mapping_symbols_info_
[msp
] = sym_name
[1];
6098 if (st_type
== elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
6099 || (st_type
== elfcpp::STT_FUNC
&& ((input_value
& 1) != 0)))
6101 // This is a THUMB function. Mark this and canonicalize the
6102 // symbol value by setting LSB.
6103 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
[i
] = true;
6104 if ((input_value
& 1) == 0)
6105 lv
.set_input_value(input_value
| 1);
6110 // Relocate sections.
6111 template<bool big_endian
>
6113 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(
6114 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6115 const Layout
* layout
,
6116 const unsigned char* pshdrs
,
6117 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Views
* pviews
)
6119 // Call parent to relocate sections.
6120 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(symtab
, layout
, pshdrs
,
6123 // We do not generate stubs if doing a relocatable link.
6124 if (parameters
->options().relocatable())
6127 // Relocate stub tables.
6128 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6130 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
6131 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
6133 Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
> relinfo
;
6134 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
6135 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
6136 relinfo
.object
= this;
6138 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
)
6140 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
=
6141 arm_target
->find_arm_input_section(this, i
);
6143 if (arm_input_section
!= NULL
6144 && arm_input_section
->is_stub_table_owner()
6145 && !arm_input_section
->stub_table()->empty())
6147 // We cannot discard a section if it owns a stub table.
6148 Output_section
* os
= this->output_section(i
);
6149 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
6151 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
;
6152 relinfo
.reloc_shdr
= NULL
;
6153 relinfo
.data_shndx
= i
;
6154 relinfo
.data_shdr
= pshdrs
+ i
* elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6156 gold_assert((*pviews
)[i
].view
!= NULL
);
6158 // We are passed the output section view. Adjust it to cover the
6160 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= arm_input_section
->stub_table();
6161 gold_assert((stub_table
->address() >= (*pviews
)[i
].address
)
6162 && ((stub_table
->address() + stub_table
->data_size())
6163 <= (*pviews
)[i
].address
+ (*pviews
)[i
].view_size
));
6165 off_t offset
= stub_table
->address() - (*pviews
)[i
].address
;
6166 unsigned char* view
= (*pviews
)[i
].view
+ offset
;
6167 Arm_address address
= stub_table
->address();
6168 section_size_type view_size
= stub_table
->data_size();
6170 stub_table
->relocate_stubs(&relinfo
, arm_target
, os
, view
, address
,
6174 // Apply Cortex A8 workaround if applicable.
6175 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(i
))
6177 unsigned char* view
= (*pviews
)[i
].view
;
6178 Arm_address view_address
= (*pviews
)[i
].address
;
6179 section_size_type view_size
= (*pviews
)[i
].view_size
;
6180 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= this->stub_tables_
[i
];
6182 // Adjust view to cover section.
6183 Output_section
* os
= this->output_section(i
);
6184 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
6185 Arm_address section_address
=
6186 this->simple_input_section_output_address(i
, os
);
6187 uint64_t section_size
= this->section_size(i
);
6189 gold_assert(section_address
>= view_address
6190 && ((section_address
+ section_size
)
6191 <= (view_address
+ view_size
)));
6193 unsigned char* section_view
= view
+ (section_address
- view_address
);
6195 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround to the output address range
6196 // corresponding to this input section.
6197 stub_table
->apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
6206 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking the the first
6207 // relocation. 4.4.1 of the EHABI specifications says that an EXIDX section
6208 // must be linked to to its associated code section via the sh_link field of
6209 // its section header. However, some tools are broken and the link is not
6210 // always set. LD just drops such an EXIDX section silently, causing the
6211 // associated code not unwindabled. Here we try a little bit harder to
6212 // discover the linked code section.
6214 // PSHDR points to the section header of a relocation section of an EXIDX
6215 // section. If we can find a linked text section, return true and
6216 // store the text section index in the location PSHNDX. Otherwise
6219 template<bool big_endian
>
6221 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::find_linked_text_section(
6222 const unsigned char* pshdr
,
6223 const unsigned char* psyms
,
6224 unsigned int* pshndx
)
6226 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(pshdr
);
6228 // If there is no relocation, we cannot find the linked text section.
6230 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6231 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6233 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
6234 size_t reloc_count
= shdr
.get_sh_size() / reloc_size
;
6236 // Get the relocations.
6237 const unsigned char* prelocs
=
6238 this->get_view(shdr
.get_sh_offset(), shdr
.get_sh_size(), true, false);
6240 // Find the REL31 relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6241 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< reloc_count
; ++i
, prelocs
+= reloc_size
)
6243 Arm_address r_offset
;
6244 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
;
6245 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6247 typename
elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
> reloc(prelocs
);
6248 r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
6249 r_offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
6253 typename
elfcpp::Rela
<32, big_endian
> reloc(prelocs
);
6254 r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
6255 r_offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
6258 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
6259 if (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
&& r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
)
6262 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
6264 || r_sym
>= this->local_symbol_count()
6268 // This is the relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6269 // We expect to see a local section symbol.
6270 const int sym_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6271 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
+ r_sym
* sym_size
);
6272 if (sym
.get_st_type() == elfcpp::STT_SECTION
)
6274 *pshndx
= this->adjust_shndx(sym
.get_st_shndx());
6284 // Make an EXIDX input section object for an EXIDX section whose index is
6285 // SHNDX. SHDR is the section header of the EXIDX section and TEXT_SHNDX
6286 // is the section index of the linked text section.
6288 template<bool big_endian
>
6290 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::make_exidx_input_section(
6292 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6293 unsigned int text_shndx
)
6295 // Issue an error and ignore this EXIDX section if it points to a text
6296 // section already has an EXIDX section.
6297 if (this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
] != NULL
)
6299 gold_error(_("EXIDX sections %u and %u both link to text section %u "
6301 shndx
, this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
]->shndx(),
6302 text_shndx
, this->name().c_str());
6306 // Create an Arm_exidx_input_section object for this EXIDX section.
6307 Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
6308 new Arm_exidx_input_section(this, shndx
, text_shndx
, shdr
.get_sh_size(),
6309 shdr
.get_sh_addralign());
6310 this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
] = exidx_input_section
;
6312 // Also map the EXIDX section index to this.
6313 gold_assert(this->exidx_section_map_
[shndx
] == NULL
);
6314 this->exidx_section_map_
[shndx
] = exidx_input_section
;
6317 // Read the symbol information.
6319 template<bool big_endian
>
6321 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
)
6323 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6324 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(sd
);
6326 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6327 const unsigned char* pehdr
= this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
6328 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
,
6330 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
6331 this->processor_specific_flags_
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
6333 // Go over the section headers and look for .ARM.attributes and .ARM.exidx
6335 std::vector
<unsigned int> deferred_exidx_sections
;
6336 const size_t shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6337 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= sd
->section_headers
->data();
6338 const unsigned char *ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6339 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< this->shnum(); ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6341 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6342 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
)
6344 gold_assert(this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
);
6345 section_offset_type section_offset
= shdr
.get_sh_offset();
6346 section_size_type section_size
=
6347 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6348 File_view
* view
= this->get_lasting_view(section_offset
,
6349 section_size
, true, false);
6350 this->attributes_section_data_
=
6351 new Attributes_section_data(view
->data(), section_size
);
6353 else if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
6355 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link());
6356 if (text_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6357 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %u linked to invalid section %u"),
6359 else if (text_shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
)
6360 deferred_exidx_sections
.push_back(i
);
6362 this->make_exidx_input_section(i
, shdr
, text_shndx
);
6366 // Some tools are broken and they do not set the link of EXIDX sections.
6367 // We look at the first relocation to figure out the linked sections.
6368 if (!deferred_exidx_sections
.empty())
6370 // We need to go over the section headers again to find the mapping
6371 // from sections being relocated to their relocation sections. This is
6372 // a bit inefficient as we could do that in the loop above. However,
6373 // we do not expect any deferred EXIDX sections normally. So we do not
6374 // want to slow down the most common path.
6375 typedef Unordered_map
<unsigned int, unsigned int> Reloc_map
;
6376 Reloc_map reloc_map
;
6377 ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6378 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< this->shnum(); ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6380 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6381 elfcpp::Elf_Word sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
6382 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
|| sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
6384 unsigned int info_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
6385 if (info_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6386 gold_error(_("relocation section %u has invalid info %u"),
6388 Reloc_map::value_type
value(info_shndx
, i
);
6389 std::pair
<Reloc_map::iterator
, bool> result
=
6390 reloc_map
.insert(value
);
6392 gold_error(_("section %u has multiple relocation sections "
6394 info_shndx
, i
, reloc_map
[info_shndx
]);
6398 // Read the symbol table section header.
6399 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6400 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6401 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6402 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6404 // Read the local symbols.
6405 const int sym_size
=elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6406 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6407 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6408 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6409 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6410 locsize
, true, true);
6412 // Process the deferred EXIDX sections.
6413 for(unsigned int i
= 0; i
< deferred_exidx_sections
.size(); ++i
)
6415 unsigned int shndx
= deferred_exidx_sections
[i
];
6416 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(pshdrs
+ shndx
* shdr_size
);
6417 unsigned int text_shndx
;
6418 Reloc_map::const_iterator it
= reloc_map
.find(shndx
);
6419 if (it
!= reloc_map
.end()
6420 && find_linked_text_section(pshdrs
+ it
->second
* shdr_size
,
6421 psyms
, &text_shndx
))
6422 this->make_exidx_input_section(shndx
, shdr
, text_shndx
);
6424 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %u has no linked text section."),
6430 // Process relocations for garbage collection. The ARM target uses .ARM.exidx
6431 // sections for unwinding. These sections are referenced implicitly by
6432 // text sections linked in the section headers. If we ignore these implict
6433 // references, the .ARM.exidx sections and any .ARM.extab sections they use
6434 // will be garbage-collected incorrectly. Hence we override the same function
6435 // in the base class to handle these implicit references.
6437 template<bool big_endian
>
6439 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6441 Read_relocs_data
* rd
)
6443 // First, call base class method to process relocations in this object.
6444 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_gc_process_relocs(symtab
, layout
, rd
);
6446 // If --gc-sections is not specified, there is nothing more to do.
6447 // This happens when --icf is used but --gc-sections is not.
6448 if (!parameters
->options().gc_sections())
6451 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6452 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6453 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
6457 // Scan section headers for sections of type SHT_ARM_EXIDX. Add references
6458 // to these from the linked text sections.
6459 const unsigned char* ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6460 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6462 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6463 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
6465 // Found an .ARM.exidx section, add it to the set of reachable
6466 // sections from its linked text section.
6467 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link());
6468 symtab
->gc()->add_reference(this, text_shndx
, this, i
);
6473 // Update output local symbol count. Owing to EXIDX entry merging, some local
6474 // symbols will be removed in output. Adjust output local symbol count
6475 // accordingly. We can only changed the static output local symbol count. It
6476 // is too late to change the dynamic symbols.
6478 template<bool big_endian
>
6480 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::update_output_local_symbol_count()
6482 // Caller should check that this needs updating. We want caller checking
6483 // because output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() is most likely inlined.
6484 gold_assert(this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
);
6486 gold_assert(this->symtab_shndx() != -1U);
6487 if (this->symtab_shndx() == 0)
6489 // This object has no symbols. Weird but legal.
6493 // Read the symbol table section header.
6494 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6495 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6496 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6497 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6499 // Read the local symbols.
6500 const int sym_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6501 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6502 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6503 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6504 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6505 locsize
, true, true);
6507 // Loop over the local symbols.
6509 typedef typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Output_sections
6511 const Output_sections
& out_sections(this->output_sections());
6512 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6513 unsigned int count
= 0;
6514 // Skip the first, dummy, symbol.
6516 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
6518 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
6520 Symbol_value
<32>& lv((*this->local_values())[i
]);
6522 // This local symbol was already discarded by do_count_local_symbols.
6523 if (lv
.is_output_symtab_index_set() && !lv
.has_output_symtab_entry())
6527 unsigned int shndx
= this->adjust_sym_shndx(i
, sym
.get_st_shndx(),
6532 Output_section
* os
= out_sections
[shndx
];
6534 // This local symbol no longer has an output section. Discard it.
6537 lv
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6541 // Currently we only discard parts of EXIDX input sections.
6542 // We explicitly check for a merged EXIDX input section to avoid
6543 // calling Output_section_data::output_offset unless necessary.
6544 if ((this->get_output_section_offset(shndx
) == invalid_address
)
6545 && (this->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(shndx
) != NULL
))
6547 section_offset_type output_offset
=
6548 os
->output_offset(this, shndx
, lv
.input_value());
6549 if (output_offset
== -1)
6551 // This symbol is defined in a part of an EXIDX input section
6552 // that is discarded due to entry merging.
6553 lv
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6562 this->set_output_local_symbol_count(count
);
6563 this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
= false;
6566 // Arm_dynobj methods.
6568 // Read the symbol information.
6570 template<bool big_endian
>
6572 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
)
6574 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6575 Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(sd
);
6577 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6578 const unsigned char* pehdr
= this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
6579 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
,
6581 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
6582 this->processor_specific_flags_
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
6584 // Read the attributes section if there is one.
6585 // We read from the end because gas seems to put it near the end of
6586 // the section headers.
6587 const size_t shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6588 const unsigned char *ps
=
6589 sd
->section_headers
->data() + shdr_size
* (this->shnum() - 1);
6590 for (unsigned int i
= this->shnum(); i
> 0; --i
, ps
-= shdr_size
)
6592 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6593 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
)
6595 section_offset_type section_offset
= shdr
.get_sh_offset();
6596 section_size_type section_size
=
6597 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6598 File_view
* view
= this->get_lasting_view(section_offset
,
6599 section_size
, true, false);
6600 this->attributes_section_data_
=
6601 new Attributes_section_data(view
->data(), section_size
);
6607 // Stub_addend_reader methods.
6609 // Read the addend of a REL relocation of type R_TYPE at VIEW.
6611 template<bool big_endian
>
6612 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
6613 Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, big_endian
>::operator()(
6614 unsigned int r_type
,
6615 const unsigned char* view
,
6616 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
&) const
6618 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
6622 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
6623 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
6624 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
6626 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6627 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
6628 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
6629 return utils::sign_extend
<26>(val
<< 2);
6632 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
6633 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
6634 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
6636 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6637 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
6638 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
6639 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
6640 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
6643 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
6645 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6646 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
6647 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
6648 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
6649 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
6657 // Arm_output_data_got methods.
6659 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
6660 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
6661 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
6662 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
6663 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
6665 template<bool big_endian
>
6667 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
6668 unsigned int got_type
,
6671 if (gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
))
6674 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
6676 unsigned int got_offset
= this->add_constant(1);
6677 gsym
->set_got_offset(got_type
, got_offset
);
6678 got_offset
= this->add_constant(0);
6679 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
,
6680 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
,
6684 // Same as the above but for a local symbol.
6686 template<bool big_endian
>
6688 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
6689 unsigned int got_type
,
6690 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
6693 if (object
->local_has_got_offset(index
, got_type
))
6696 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
6698 unsigned int got_offset
= this->add_constant(1);
6699 object
->set_local_got_offset(index
, got_type
, got_offset
);
6700 got_offset
= this->add_constant(0);
6701 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
,
6702 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
,
6706 template<bool big_endian
>
6708 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
6710 // Call parent to write out GOT.
6711 Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>::do_write(of
);
6713 // We are done if there is no fix up.
6714 if (this->static_relocs_
.empty())
6717 gold_assert(parameters
->doing_static_link());
6719 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
6720 const section_size_type oview_size
=
6721 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
6722 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
6724 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= this->layout_
->tls_segment();
6725 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
6727 // The thread pointer $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the
6728 // TLS. So we need to adjust $tp relative addressing by this amount.
6729 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size
=
6730 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE
, tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
6732 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< this->static_relocs_
.size(); ++i
)
6734 Static_reloc
& reloc(this->static_relocs_
[i
]);
6737 if (!reloc
.symbol_is_global())
6739 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
= reloc
.relobj();
6740 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
=
6741 reloc
.relobj()->local_symbol(reloc
.index());
6743 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
6744 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section.
6746 unsigned int shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
6747 if ((shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
)
6749 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
6750 && !object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
6751 && !this->symbol_table_
->is_section_folded(object
, shndx
)))
6753 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded local symbol %u from "
6754 " object %s in GOT"),
6755 reloc
.index(), reloc
.relobj()->name().c_str());
6759 value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
6763 const Symbol
* gsym
= reloc
.symbol();
6764 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
6765 if (gsym
->is_forwarder())
6766 gsym
= this->symbol_table_
->resolve_forwards(gsym
);
6768 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
6769 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section
6770 // unless it is a weakly_undefined symbol.
6771 if ((gsym
->is_defined_in_discarded_section()
6772 || gsym
->is_undefined())
6773 && !gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
6775 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded symbol %s in GOT"),
6780 if (!gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
6782 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sym
=
6783 static_cast<const Sized_symbol
<32>*>(gsym
);
6784 value
= sym
->value();
6790 unsigned got_offset
= reloc
.got_offset();
6791 gold_assert(got_offset
< oview_size
);
6793 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6794 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(oview
+ got_offset
);
6796 switch (reloc
.r_type())
6798 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
:
6801 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
:
6802 x
= value
+ aligned_tcb_size
;
6807 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
6810 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
6813 // A class to handle the PLT data.
6815 template<bool big_endian
>
6816 class Output_data_plt_arm
: public Output_section_data
6819 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, 32, big_endian
>
6822 Output_data_plt_arm(Layout
*, Output_data_space
*);
6824 // Add an entry to the PLT.
6826 add_entry(Symbol
* gsym
);
6828 // Return the .rel.plt section data.
6829 const Reloc_section
*
6831 { return this->rel_
; }
6835 do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
);
6837 // Write to a map file.
6839 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile
* mapfile
) const
6840 { mapfile
->print_output_data(this, _("** PLT")); }
6843 // Template for the first PLT entry.
6844 static const uint32_t first_plt_entry
[5];
6846 // Template for subsequent PLT entries.
6847 static const uint32_t plt_entry
[3];
6849 // Set the final size.
6851 set_final_data_size()
6853 this->set_data_size(sizeof(first_plt_entry
)
6854 + this->count_
* sizeof(plt_entry
));
6857 // Write out the PLT data.
6859 do_write(Output_file
*);
6861 // The reloc section.
6862 Reloc_section
* rel_
;
6863 // The .got.plt section.
6864 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
6865 // The number of PLT entries.
6866 unsigned int count_
;
6869 // Create the PLT section. The ordinary .got section is an argument,
6870 // since we need to refer to the start. We also create our own .got
6871 // section just for PLT entries.
6873 template<bool big_endian
>
6874 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::Output_data_plt_arm(Layout
* layout
,
6875 Output_data_space
* got_plt
)
6876 : Output_section_data(4), got_plt_(got_plt
), count_(0)
6878 this->rel_
= new Reloc_section(false);
6879 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.plt", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
6880 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_
, true, false,
6884 template<bool big_endian
>
6886 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
6891 // Add an entry to the PLT.
6893 template<bool big_endian
>
6895 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::add_entry(Symbol
* gsym
)
6897 gold_assert(!gsym
->has_plt_offset());
6899 // Note that when setting the PLT offset we skip the initial
6900 // reserved PLT entry.
6901 gsym
->set_plt_offset((this->count_
) * sizeof(plt_entry
)
6902 + sizeof(first_plt_entry
));
6906 section_offset_type got_offset
= this->got_plt_
->current_data_size();
6908 // Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT
6909 // entry (this will be changed by the dynamic linker, normally
6910 // lazily when the function is called).
6911 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(got_offset
+ 4);
6913 // Every PLT entry needs a reloc.
6914 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_entry();
6915 this->rel_
->add_global(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
, this->got_plt_
,
6918 // Note that we don't need to save the symbol. The contents of the
6919 // PLT are independent of which symbols are used. The symbols only
6920 // appear in the relocations.
6924 // FIXME: This is not very flexible. Right now this has only been tested
6925 // on armv5te. If we are to support additional architecture features like
6926 // Thumb-2 or BE8, we need to make this more flexible like GNU ld.
6928 // The first entry in the PLT.
6929 template<bool big_endian
>
6930 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::first_plt_entry
[5] =
6932 0xe52de004, // str lr, [sp, #-4]!
6933 0xe59fe004, // ldr lr, [pc, #4]
6934 0xe08fe00e, // add lr, pc, lr
6935 0xe5bef008, // ldr pc, [lr, #8]!
6936 0x00000000, // &GOT[0] - .
6939 // Subsequent entries in the PLT.
6941 template<bool big_endian
>
6942 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::plt_entry
[3] =
6944 0xe28fc600, // add ip, pc, #0xNN00000
6945 0xe28cca00, // add ip, ip, #0xNN000
6946 0xe5bcf000, // ldr pc, [ip, #0xNNN]!
6949 // Write out the PLT. This uses the hand-coded instructions above,
6950 // and adjusts them as needed. This is all specified by the arm ELF
6951 // Processor Supplement.
6953 template<bool big_endian
>
6955 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
6957 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
6958 const section_size_type oview_size
=
6959 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
6960 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
6962 const off_t got_file_offset
= this->got_plt_
->offset();
6963 const section_size_type got_size
=
6964 convert_to_section_size_type(this->got_plt_
->data_size());
6965 unsigned char* const got_view
= of
->get_output_view(got_file_offset
,
6967 unsigned char* pov
= oview
;
6969 Arm_address plt_address
= this->address();
6970 Arm_address got_address
= this->got_plt_
->address();
6972 // Write first PLT entry. All but the last word are constants.
6973 const size_t num_first_plt_words
= (sizeof(first_plt_entry
)
6974 / sizeof(plt_entry
[0]));
6975 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< num_first_plt_words
- 1; i
++)
6976 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ i
* 4, first_plt_entry
[i
]);
6977 // Last word in first PLT entry is &GOT[0] - .
6978 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 16,
6979 got_address
- (plt_address
+ 16));
6980 pov
+= sizeof(first_plt_entry
);
6982 unsigned char* got_pov
= got_view
;
6984 memset(got_pov
, 0, 12);
6987 const int rel_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6988 unsigned int plt_offset
= sizeof(first_plt_entry
);
6989 unsigned int plt_rel_offset
= 0;
6990 unsigned int got_offset
= 12;
6991 const unsigned int count
= this->count_
;
6992 for (unsigned int i
= 0;
6995 pov
+= sizeof(plt_entry
),
6997 plt_offset
+= sizeof(plt_entry
),
6998 plt_rel_offset
+= rel_size
,
7001 // Set and adjust the PLT entry itself.
7002 int32_t offset
= ((got_address
+ got_offset
)
7003 - (plt_address
+ plt_offset
+ 8));
7005 gold_assert(offset
>= 0 && offset
< 0x0fffffff);
7006 uint32_t plt_insn0
= plt_entry
[0] | ((offset
>> 20) & 0xff);
7007 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, plt_insn0
);
7008 uint32_t plt_insn1
= plt_entry
[1] | ((offset
>> 12) & 0xff);
7009 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 4, plt_insn1
);
7010 uint32_t plt_insn2
= plt_entry
[2] | (offset
& 0xfff);
7011 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 8, plt_insn2
);
7013 // Set the entry in the GOT.
7014 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(got_pov
, plt_address
);
7017 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov
- oview
) == oview_size
);
7018 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(got_pov
- got_view
) == got_size
);
7020 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
7021 of
->write_output_view(got_file_offset
, got_size
, got_view
);
7024 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
7026 template<bool big_endian
>
7028 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
7031 if (gsym
->has_plt_offset())
7034 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
7036 // Create the GOT sections first.
7037 this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7039 this->plt_
= new Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>(layout
, this->got_plt_
);
7040 layout
->add_output_section_data(".plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
7042 | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
),
7043 this->plt_
, false, false, false, false);
7045 this->plt_
->add_entry(gsym
);
7048 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
7050 template<bool big_endian
>
7051 typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
7052 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::rel_tls_desc_section(Layout
* layout
) const
7054 return this->plt_section()->rel_tls_desc(layout
);
7057 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
7059 template<bool big_endian
>
7061 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::define_tls_base_symbol(
7062 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7065 if (this->tls_base_symbol_defined_
)
7068 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= layout
->tls_segment();
7069 if (tls_segment
!= NULL
)
7071 bool is_exec
= parameters
->options().output_is_executable();
7072 symtab
->define_in_output_segment("_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", NULL
,
7073 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
7077 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
7079 ? Symbol::SEGMENT_END
7080 : Symbol::SEGMENT_START
),
7083 this->tls_base_symbol_defined_
= true;
7086 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
7088 template<bool big_endian
>
7090 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::got_mod_index_entry(
7091 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7093 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
)
7095 if (this->got_mod_index_offset_
== -1U)
7097 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
&& object
!= NULL
);
7098 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
= this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7099 unsigned int got_offset
;
7100 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7102 got_offset
= got
->add_constant(0);
7103 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= this->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7104 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, 0, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
, got
,
7109 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7111 got_offset
= got
->add_constant(1);
7114 got
->add_constant(0);
7115 this->got_mod_index_offset_
= got_offset
;
7117 return this->got_mod_index_offset_
;
7120 // Optimize the TLS relocation type based on what we know about the
7121 // symbol. IS_FINAL is true if the final address of this symbol is
7122 // known at link time.
7124 template<bool big_endian
>
7125 tls::Tls_optimization
7126 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(bool, int)
7128 // FIXME: Currently we do not do any TLS optimization.
7129 return tls::TLSOPT_NONE
;
7132 // Report an unsupported relocation against a local symbol.
7134 template<bool big_endian
>
7136 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_local(
7137 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7138 unsigned int r_type
)
7140 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against local symbol"),
7141 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7144 // We are about to emit a dynamic relocation of type R_TYPE. If the
7145 // dynamic linker does not support it, issue an error. The GNU linker
7146 // only issues a non-PIC error for an allocated read-only section.
7147 // Here we know the section is allocated, but we don't know that it is
7148 // read-only. But we check for all the relocation types which the
7149 // glibc dynamic linker supports, so it seems appropriate to issue an
7150 // error even if the section is not read-only.
7152 template<bool big_endian
>
7154 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::check_non_pic(Relobj
* object
,
7155 unsigned int r_type
)
7159 // These are the relocation types supported by glibc for ARM.
7160 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7161 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7162 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7163 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7164 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7165 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7166 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7167 // FIXME: The following 3 types are not supported by Android's dynamic
7169 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
:
7170 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
:
7171 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
:
7176 // This prevents us from issuing more than one error per reloc
7177 // section. But we can still wind up issuing more than one
7178 // error per object file.
7179 if (this->issued_non_pic_error_
)
7181 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
7182 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_reloc_property(r_type
);
7183 gold_assert(reloc_property
!= NULL
);
7184 object
->error(_("requires unsupported dynamic reloc %s; "
7185 "recompile with -fPIC"),
7186 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
7187 this->issued_non_pic_error_
= true;
7191 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7196 // Scan a relocation for a local symbol.
7197 // FIXME: This only handles a subset of relocation types used by Android
7198 // on ARM v5te devices.
7200 template<bool big_endian
>
7202 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::local(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7205 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7206 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7207 Output_section
* output_section
,
7208 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
,
7209 unsigned int r_type
,
7210 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>& lsym
)
7212 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
7215 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7216 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
7217 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7218 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7221 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7222 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7223 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7224 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7225 // this location. The relocation applied at link time will
7226 // apply the link-time value, so we flag the location with
7227 // an R_ARM_RELATIVE relocation so the dynamic loader can
7228 // relocate it easily.
7229 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7231 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7232 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7233 // If we are to add more other reloc types than R_ARM_ABS32,
7234 // we need to add check_non_pic(object, r_type) here.
7235 rel_dyn
->add_local_relative(object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
,
7236 output_section
, data_shndx
,
7237 reloc
.get_r_offset());
7241 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
7242 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
7243 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
7244 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
7245 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
7246 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7247 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
7248 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7249 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
7250 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7251 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7252 // this location. Because the addend needs to remain in the
7253 // data section, we need to be careful not to apply this
7254 // relocation statically.
7255 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7257 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
7258 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7259 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7260 if (lsym
.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION
)
7261 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, r_type
, output_section
,
7262 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7265 gold_assert(lsym
.get_st_value() == 0);
7266 unsigned int shndx
= lsym
.get_st_shndx();
7268 shndx
= object
->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, shndx
,
7271 object
->error(_("section symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
7274 rel_dyn
->add_local_section(object
, shndx
,
7275 r_type
, output_section
,
7276 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7281 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7282 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
7283 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
7284 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
7285 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7286 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
7287 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
7288 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7289 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7290 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7291 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7292 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
7293 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
7294 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
7295 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
7296 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
7297 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7298 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
7299 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7300 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
7301 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7302 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
7303 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
7304 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
7305 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
7306 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
7307 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
7308 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
7309 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
7310 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
7311 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
7312 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
7313 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
7314 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
7315 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
7316 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
7317 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
7318 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
7319 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
7320 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
7321 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
7322 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
7323 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
7324 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
7325 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
7326 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
7327 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
7328 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
7329 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
7330 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
7331 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
7332 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
7333 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7334 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
7335 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
7336 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7337 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
7338 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
7339 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
7340 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
7341 // We don't need to do anything for a relative addressing relocation
7342 // against a local symbol if it does not reference the GOT.
7345 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
7346 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12
:
7347 // We need a GOT section:
7348 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7351 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
7352 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
7354 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
7355 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
=
7356 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7357 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7358 if (got
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
))
7360 // If we are generating a shared object, we need to add a
7361 // dynamic RELATIVE relocation for this symbol's GOT entry.
7362 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7364 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7365 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7366 rel_dyn
->add_local_relative(
7367 object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
, got
,
7368 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
7374 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
7375 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
7376 // This should have been mapped to another type already.
7378 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7379 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7380 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7381 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7382 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
7383 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
7384 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
7385 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7389 // These are initial TLS relocs, which are expected when
7391 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7392 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7393 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7394 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7395 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7397 bool output_is_shared
= parameters
->options().shared();
7398 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
7399 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(!output_is_shared
,
7403 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7404 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7406 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
7407 // dtv-relative offset.
7408 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7409 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7410 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7411 unsigned int shndx
= lsym
.get_st_shndx();
7413 shndx
= object
->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, shndx
, &is_ordinary
);
7416 object
->error(_("local symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
7421 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7422 got
->add_local_pair_with_rel(object
, r_sym
, shndx
,
7424 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
7425 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
, 0);
7427 got
->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
,
7431 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7435 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7436 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7438 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
7439 target
->got_mod_index_entry(symtab
, layout
, object
);
7442 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7446 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7449 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7450 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
7451 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7453 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
7454 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7455 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7456 unsigned int r_sym
=
7457 elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7458 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7459 got
->add_local_with_rel(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
7460 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
7461 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
);
7462 else if (!object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
,
7463 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
))
7465 got
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
7466 unsigned int got_offset
=
7467 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
7468 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
,
7469 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
, object
,
7474 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7478 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7479 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
7480 if (output_is_shared
)
7482 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
7483 gold_assert(lsym
.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION
);
7484 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7485 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7486 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
,
7487 output_section
, data_shndx
,
7488 reloc
.get_r_offset());
7499 unsupported_reloc_local(object
, r_type
);
7504 // Report an unsupported relocation against a global symbol.
7506 template<bool big_endian
>
7508 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_global(
7509 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7510 unsigned int r_type
,
7513 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against global symbol %s"),
7514 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
, gsym
->demangled_name().c_str());
7517 // Scan a relocation for a global symbol.
7519 template<bool big_endian
>
7521 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::global(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7524 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7525 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7526 Output_section
* output_section
,
7527 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
,
7528 unsigned int r_type
,
7531 // A reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ implies that we need a got
7532 // section. We check here to avoid creating a dynamic reloc against
7533 // _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.
7534 if (!target
->has_got_section()
7535 && strcmp(gsym
->name(), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
7536 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7538 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
7541 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7542 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
7543 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7544 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7547 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7548 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
7549 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
7550 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
7551 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
7552 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
7553 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7554 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
7555 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7556 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
7557 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7558 // Absolute addressing relocations.
7560 // Make a PLT entry if necessary.
7561 if (this->symbol_needs_plt_entry(gsym
))
7563 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
7564 // Since this is not a PC-relative relocation, we may be
7565 // taking the address of a function. In that case we need to
7566 // set the entry in the dynamic symbol table to the address of
7568 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && !parameters
->options().shared())
7569 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_value();
7571 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
7572 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
))
7574 if (gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc())
7576 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
7577 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, reloc
);
7579 else if ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
7580 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
)
7581 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
7583 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7584 rel_dyn
->add_global_relative(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
,
7585 output_section
, object
,
7586 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7590 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
7591 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7592 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, r_type
, output_section
, object
,
7593 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7599 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
7600 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12
:
7601 // We need a GOT section.
7602 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7605 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
7606 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
7607 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
7608 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
7609 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
7610 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
7611 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
7612 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
7613 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7614 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
7615 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7616 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
7617 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
7618 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
7619 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
7620 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
7621 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
7622 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
7623 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
7624 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
7625 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
7626 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
7627 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
7628 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
7629 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
7630 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
7631 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
7632 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
7633 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
7634 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
7635 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
7636 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
7637 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
7638 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
7639 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
7640 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
7641 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
7642 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
7643 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
7644 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
7645 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
7646 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
7647 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7648 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
7649 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
7650 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7651 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
7652 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
7653 // Relative addressing relocations.
7655 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
7656 int flags
= Symbol::NON_PIC_REF
;
7657 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(flags
))
7659 if (target
->may_need_copy_reloc(gsym
))
7661 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
7662 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, reloc
);
7666 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
7667 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7668 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, r_type
, output_section
, object
,
7669 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7675 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7676 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7677 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7678 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7679 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7680 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7681 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
7682 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
7683 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7684 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
7685 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
7686 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
7687 // All the relocation above are branches except for the PREL31 ones.
7688 // A PREL31 relocation can point to a personality function in a shared
7689 // library. In that case we want to use a PLT because we want to
7690 // call the personality routine and the dyanmic linkers we care about
7691 // do not support dynamic PREL31 relocations. An REL31 relocation may
7692 // point to a function whose unwinding behaviour is being described but
7693 // we will not mistakenly generate a PLT for that because we should use
7694 // a local section symbol.
7696 // If the symbol is fully resolved, this is just a relative
7697 // local reloc. Otherwise we need a PLT entry.
7698 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
7700 // If building a shared library, we can also skip the PLT entry
7701 // if the symbol is defined in the output file and is protected
7703 if (gsym
->is_defined()
7704 && !gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
7705 && !gsym
->is_preemptible())
7707 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
7710 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
7711 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
7712 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
7714 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
7715 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
=
7716 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7717 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
7718 got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
);
7721 // If this symbol is not fully resolved, we need to add a
7722 // GOT entry with a dynamic relocation.
7723 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7724 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
7725 || gsym
->is_undefined()
7726 || gsym
->is_preemptible())
7727 got
->add_global_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
,
7728 rel_dyn
, elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
);
7731 if (got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
))
7732 rel_dyn
->add_global_relative(
7733 gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
, got
,
7734 gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
7740 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
7741 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
7742 // These should have been mapped to other types already.
7744 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7745 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7746 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7747 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7748 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
7749 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
7750 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
7751 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7754 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
7756 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7757 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7758 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7759 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7760 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7762 const bool is_final
= gsym
->final_value_is_known();
7763 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
7764 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final
, r_type
);
7767 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7768 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7770 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
7771 // dtv-relative offset.
7772 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7773 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7774 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7775 got
->add_global_pair_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
,
7776 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
7777 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
7778 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
);
7780 got
->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
, gsym
);
7783 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7787 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7788 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7790 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
7791 target
->got_mod_index_entry(symtab
, layout
, object
);
7794 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7798 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7801 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7802 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
7803 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7805 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
7806 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7807 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7808 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7809 got
->add_global_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
7810 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
7811 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
);
7812 else if (!gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
))
7814 got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
7815 unsigned int got_offset
=
7816 gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
7817 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
,
7818 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
, gsym
);
7822 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7826 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7827 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
7828 if (parameters
->options().shared())
7830 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
7831 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7832 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
,
7833 output_section
, object
,
7834 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7845 unsupported_reloc_global(object
, r_type
, gsym
);
7850 // Process relocations for gc.
7852 template<bool big_endian
>
7854 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7856 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7857 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7859 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
7861 Output_section
* output_section
,
7862 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
7863 size_t local_symbol_count
,
7864 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
7866 typedef Target_arm
<big_endian
> Arm
;
7867 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan Scan
;
7869 gold::gc_process_relocs
<32, big_endian
, Arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
, Scan
>(
7878 needs_special_offset_handling
,
7883 // Scan relocations for a section.
7885 template<bool big_endian
>
7887 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7889 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7890 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7891 unsigned int sh_type
,
7892 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
7894 Output_section
* output_section
,
7895 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
7896 size_t local_symbol_count
,
7897 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
7899 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan Scan
;
7900 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
7902 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported RELA reloc section"),
7903 object
->name().c_str());
7907 gold::scan_relocs
<32, big_endian
, Target_arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
, Scan
>(
7916 needs_special_offset_handling
,
7921 // Finalize the sections.
7923 template<bool big_endian
>
7925 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_finalize_sections(
7927 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
7928 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
7930 // Create an empty uninitialized attribute section if we still don't have it
7932 if (this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
)
7933 this->attributes_section_data_
= new Attributes_section_data(NULL
, 0);
7935 // Merge processor-specific flags.
7936 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
7937 p
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
7940 // If this input file is a binary file, it has no processor
7941 // specific flags and attributes section.
7942 Input_file::Format format
= (*p
)->input_file()->format();
7943 if (format
!= Input_file::FORMAT_ELF
)
7945 gold_assert(format
== Input_file::FORMAT_BINARY
);
7949 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
7950 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*p
);
7951 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
7953 arm_relobj
->processor_specific_flags());
7954 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_relobj
->name().c_str(),
7955 arm_relobj
->attributes_section_data());
7959 for (Input_objects::Dynobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->dynobj_begin();
7960 p
!= input_objects
->dynobj_end();
7963 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>* arm_dynobj
=
7964 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_dynobj(*p
);
7965 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
7967 arm_dynobj
->processor_specific_flags());
7968 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_dynobj
->name().c_str(),
7969 arm_dynobj
->attributes_section_data());
7973 const Object_attribute
* cpu_arch_attr
=
7974 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
7975 if (cpu_arch_attr
->int_value() > elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4
)
7976 this->set_may_use_blx(true);
7978 // Check if we need to use Cortex-A8 workaround.
7979 if (parameters
->options().user_set_fix_cortex_a8())
7980 this->fix_cortex_a8_
= parameters
->options().fix_cortex_a8();
7983 // If neither --fix-cortex-a8 nor --no-fix-cortex-a8 is used, turn on
7984 // Cortex-A8 erratum workaround for ARMv7-A or ARMv7 with unknown
7986 const Object_attribute
* cpu_arch_profile_attr
=
7987 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
);
7988 this->fix_cortex_a8_
=
7989 (cpu_arch_attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
7990 && (cpu_arch_profile_attr
->int_value() == 'A'
7991 || cpu_arch_profile_attr
->int_value() == 0));
7994 // Check if we can use V4BX interworking.
7995 // The V4BX interworking stub contains BX instruction,
7996 // which is not specified for some profiles.
7997 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
7998 && !this->may_use_blx())
7999 gold_error(_("unable to provide V4BX reloc interworking fix up; "
8000 "the target profile does not support BX instruction"));
8002 // Fill in some more dynamic tags.
8003 const Reloc_section
* rel_plt
= (this->plt_
== NULL
8005 : this->plt_
->rel_plt());
8006 layout
->add_target_dynamic_tags(true, this->got_plt_
, rel_plt
,
8007 this->rel_dyn_
, true, false);
8009 // Emit any relocs we saved in an attempt to avoid generating COPY
8011 if (this->copy_relocs_
.any_saved_relocs())
8012 this->copy_relocs_
.emit(this->rel_dyn_section(layout
));
8014 // Handle the .ARM.exidx section.
8015 Output_section
* exidx_section
= layout
->find_output_section(".ARM.exidx");
8016 if (exidx_section
!= NULL
8017 && exidx_section
->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
8018 && !parameters
->options().relocatable())
8020 // Create __exidx_start and __exdix_end symbols.
8021 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__exidx_start", NULL
,
8022 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8023 exidx_section
, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8024 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
8026 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__exidx_end", NULL
,
8027 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8028 exidx_section
, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8029 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
8032 // For the ARM target, we need to add a PT_ARM_EXIDX segment for
8033 // the .ARM.exidx section.
8034 if (!layout
->script_options()->saw_phdrs_clause())
8036 gold_assert(layout
->find_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX
, 0, 0)
8038 Output_segment
* exidx_segment
=
8039 layout
->make_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX
, elfcpp::PF_R
);
8040 exidx_segment
->add_output_section(exidx_section
, elfcpp::PF_R
,
8045 // Create an .ARM.attributes section if there is not one already.
8046 Output_attributes_section_data
* attributes_section
=
8047 new Output_attributes_section_data(*this->attributes_section_data_
);
8048 layout
->add_output_section_data(".ARM.attributes",
8049 elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
, 0,
8050 attributes_section
, false, false, false,
8054 // Return whether a direct absolute static relocation needs to be applied.
8055 // In cases where Scan::local() or Scan::global() has created
8056 // a dynamic relocation other than R_ARM_RELATIVE, the addend
8057 // of the relocation is carried in the data, and we must not
8058 // apply the static relocation.
8060 template<bool big_endian
>
8062 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::should_apply_static_reloc(
8063 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8066 Output_section
* output_section
)
8068 // If the output section is not allocated, then we didn't call
8069 // scan_relocs, we didn't create a dynamic reloc, and we must apply
8071 if ((output_section
->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0)
8074 // For local symbols, we will have created a non-RELATIVE dynamic
8075 // relocation only if (a) the output is position independent,
8076 // (b) the relocation is absolute (not pc- or segment-relative), and
8077 // (c) the relocation is not 32 bits wide.
8079 return !(parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent()
8080 && (ref_flags
& Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
)
8083 // For global symbols, we use the same helper routines used in the
8084 // scan pass. If we did not create a dynamic relocation, or if we
8085 // created a RELATIVE dynamic relocation, we should apply the static
8087 bool has_dyn
= gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(ref_flags
);
8088 bool is_rel
= (ref_flags
& Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
)
8089 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(ref_flags
8090 & Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL
);
8091 return !has_dyn
|| is_rel
;
8094 // Perform a relocation.
8096 template<bool big_endian
>
8098 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate(
8099 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8101 Output_section
*output_section
,
8103 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& rel
,
8104 unsigned int r_type
,
8105 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8106 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
8107 unsigned char* view
,
8108 Arm_address address
,
8109 section_size_type view_size
)
8111 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> Arm_relocate_functions
;
8113 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8114 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
8115 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
8116 if (reloc_property
== NULL
)
8118 std::string reloc_name
=
8119 arm_reloc_property_table
->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type
);
8120 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
8121 _("cannot relocate %s in object file"),
8122 reloc_name
.c_str());
8126 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
=
8127 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
8129 // If the final branch target of a relocation is THUMB instruction, this
8130 // is 1. Otherwise it is 0.
8131 Arm_address thumb_bit
= 0;
8132 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
8133 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
= false;
8134 if (relnum
!= Target_arm
<big_endian
>::fake_relnum_for_stubs
)
8138 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
8139 // final target is THUMB.
8140 if (gsym
->use_plt_offset(reloc_is_non_pic(r_type
)))
8142 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
8143 symval
.set_output_value(target
->plt_section()->address()
8144 + gsym
->plt_offset());
8147 else if (gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
8149 // This is a weakly undefined symbol and we do not use PLT
8150 // for this relocation. A branch targeting this symbol will
8151 // be converted into an NOP.
8152 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
= true;
8156 // Set thumb bit if symbol:
8157 // -Has type STT_ARM_TFUNC or
8158 // -Has type STT_FUNC, is defined and with LSB in value set.
8160 (((gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
8161 || (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
8162 && !gsym
->is_undefined()
8163 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0)))
8170 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
8171 // We saved this information when all the local symbols were read.
8172 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= rel
.get_r_info();
8173 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
8174 thumb_bit
= object
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
) ? 1 : 0;
8179 // This is a fake relocation synthesized for a stub. It does not have
8180 // a real symbol. We just look at the LSB of the symbol value to
8181 // determine if the target is THUMB or not.
8182 thumb_bit
= ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0);
8185 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
8187 && reloc_property
->uses_thumb_bit()
8188 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0))
8190 Arm_address stripped_value
=
8191 psymval
->value(object
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
8192 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
8196 // Get the GOT offset if needed.
8197 // The GOT pointer points to the end of the GOT section.
8198 // We need to subtract the size of the GOT section to get
8199 // the actual offset to use in the relocation.
8200 bool have_got_offset
= false;
8201 unsigned int got_offset
= 0;
8204 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
8205 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
8208 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8209 got_offset
= (gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
)
8210 - target
->got_size());
8214 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8215 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8216 got_offset
= (object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
)
8217 - target
->got_size());
8219 have_got_offset
= true;
8226 // To look up relocation stubs, we need to pass the symbol table index of
8228 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8230 // Get the addressing origin of the output segment defining the
8231 // symbol gsym if needed (AAELF 4.6.1.2 Relocation types).
8232 Arm_address sym_origin
= 0;
8233 if (reloc_property
->uses_symbol_base())
8235 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
&& gsym
== NULL
)
8236 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS with the NULL symbol will give the
8237 // absolute address of the GOT origin (GOT_ORG) (see ARM IHI
8238 // 0044C (AAELF): 4.6.1.8 Proxy generating relocations).
8239 sym_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8240 else if (gsym
== NULL
)
8242 else if (gsym
->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_SEGMENT
)
8243 sym_origin
= gsym
->output_segment()->vaddr();
8244 else if (gsym
->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_DATA
)
8245 sym_origin
= gsym
->output_data()->address();
8247 // TODO: Assumes the segment base to be zero for the global symbols
8248 // till the proper support for the segment-base-relative addressing
8249 // will be implemented. This is consistent with GNU ld.
8252 // For relative addressing relocation, find out the relative address base.
8253 Arm_address relative_address_base
= 0;
8254 switch(reloc_property
->relative_address_base())
8256 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_NONE
:
8257 // Relocations with relative address bases RAB_TLS and RAB_tp are
8258 // handled by relocate_tls. So we do not need to do anything here.
8259 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_TLS
:
8260 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_tp
:
8262 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_B_S
:
8263 relative_address_base
= sym_origin
;
8265 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_GOT_ORG
:
8266 relative_address_base
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8268 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_P
:
8269 relative_address_base
= address
;
8271 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_Pa
:
8272 relative_address_base
= address
& 0xfffffffcU
;
8278 typename
Arm_relocate_functions::Status reloc_status
=
8279 Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY
;
8280 bool check_overflow
= reloc_property
->checks_overflow();
8283 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
8286 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
8287 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8289 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs8(view
, object
, psymval
);
8292 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
8293 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8295 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs12(view
, object
, psymval
);
8298 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
8299 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8301 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs16(view
, object
, psymval
);
8304 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
8305 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, true,
8307 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8311 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
8312 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, true,
8314 // No thumb bit for this relocation: (S + A)
8315 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8319 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8320 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8322 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8327 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
8328 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8330 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view
, object
, psymval
, 0);
8333 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8334 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8336 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8337 0, thumb_bit
, false);
8340 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
8341 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8343 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view
, object
,
8347 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8348 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8349 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
8351 Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8352 relative_address_base
, thumb_bit
,
8356 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
8357 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
8359 Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view
, object
, psymval
,
8360 relative_address_base
);
8363 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8364 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8365 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
8367 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8368 relative_address_base
,
8369 thumb_bit
, check_overflow
);
8372 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
8373 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
8375 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view
, object
, psymval
,
8376 relative_address_base
);
8379 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
8380 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8381 address
, thumb_bit
);
8384 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
8385 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8387 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_abs5(view
, object
, psymval
);
8390 // Thumb long branches.
8391 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
8392 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
8393 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
8395 Arm_relocate_functions::thumb_branch_common(
8396 r_type
, relinfo
, view
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, psymval
, address
,
8397 thumb_bit
, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
);
8400 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
8402 Arm_address got_origin
;
8403 got_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8404 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8405 got_origin
, thumb_bit
);
8409 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
8410 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
8412 Arm_relocate_functions::base_prel(view
, sym_origin
, address
);
8415 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
8417 if (!should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8421 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::base_abs(view
, sym_origin
);
8425 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
8426 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
8427 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::got_brel(view
, got_offset
);
8430 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
8431 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
8432 // Get the address origin for GOT PLT, which is allocated right
8433 // after the GOT section, to calculate an absolute address of
8434 // the symbol GOT entry (got_origin + got_offset).
8435 Arm_address got_origin
;
8436 got_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8437 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::got_prel(view
,
8438 got_origin
+ got_offset
,
8442 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
8443 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
8444 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
8445 case elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
:
8446 gold_assert(gsym
== NULL
8447 || gsym
->has_plt_offset()
8448 || gsym
->final_value_is_known()
8449 || (gsym
->is_defined()
8450 && !gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
8451 && !gsym
->is_preemptible()));
8453 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_branch_common(
8454 r_type
, relinfo
, view
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, psymval
, address
,
8455 thumb_bit
, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
);
8458 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
8460 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump19(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
8464 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
8466 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump6(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8469 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
8471 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump8(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8474 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
8476 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump11(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8479 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
8480 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::prel31(view
, object
, psymval
,
8481 address
, thumb_bit
);
8484 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
8485 if (target
->fix_v4bx() > General_options::FIX_V4BX_NONE
)
8487 const bool is_v4bx_interworking
=
8488 (target
->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
);
8490 Arm_relocate_functions::v4bx(relinfo
, view
, object
, address
,
8491 is_v4bx_interworking
);
8495 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
8497 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc8(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8500 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
8502 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc12(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8505 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
8507 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_alu11(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
8511 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
8512 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
8513 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
8514 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
8515 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
8516 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
8517 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
8518 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
8519 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
8520 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
8522 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view
, object
, psymval
,
8523 reloc_property
->group_index(),
8524 relative_address_base
,
8525 thumb_bit
, check_overflow
);
8528 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
8529 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
8530 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
8531 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
8532 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
8533 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
8535 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view
, object
, psymval
,
8536 reloc_property
->group_index(),
8537 relative_address_base
);
8540 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
8541 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
8542 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
8543 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
8544 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
8545 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
8547 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view
, object
, psymval
,
8548 reloc_property
->group_index(),
8549 relative_address_base
);
8552 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
8553 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
8554 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
8555 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
8556 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
8557 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
8559 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view
, object
, psymval
,
8560 reloc_property
->group_index(),
8561 relative_address_base
);
8564 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
8566 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
8567 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8568 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8569 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8570 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8572 this->relocate_tls(relinfo
, target
, relnum
, rel
, r_type
, gsym
, psymval
,
8573 view
, address
, view_size
);
8580 // Report any errors.
8581 switch (reloc_status
)
8583 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY
:
8585 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OVERFLOW
:
8586 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
8587 _("relocation overflow in %s"),
8588 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
8590 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
:
8591 gold_error_at_location(
8595 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation %s"),
8596 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
8605 // Perform a TLS relocation.
8607 template<bool big_endian
>
8608 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
8609 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate_tls(
8610 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8611 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
8613 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& rel
,
8614 unsigned int r_type
,
8615 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8616 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
8617 unsigned char* view
,
8618 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr address
,
8619 section_size_type
/*view_size*/ )
8621 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> ArmRelocFuncs
;
8622 typedef Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
8623 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= relinfo
->layout
->tls_segment();
8625 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
= relinfo
->object
;
8627 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
8629 const bool is_final
= (gsym
== NULL
8630 ? !parameters
->options().shared()
8631 : gsym
->final_value_is_known());
8632 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
8633 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final
, r_type
);
8636 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
8638 unsigned int got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
;
8639 unsigned int got_offset
;
8642 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
));
8643 got_offset
= gsym
->got_offset(got_type
) - target
->got_size();
8647 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8648 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
));
8649 got_offset
= (object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
)
8650 - target
->got_size());
8652 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8654 Arm_address got_entry
=
8655 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
8657 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
8659 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
8660 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
8665 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8666 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8668 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
8669 // the module index.
8670 unsigned int got_offset
;
8671 got_offset
= (target
->got_mod_index_entry(NULL
, NULL
, NULL
)
8672 - target
->got_size());
8673 Arm_address got_entry
=
8674 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
8676 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
8678 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
8679 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
8683 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8684 RelocFuncs::rel32(view
, value
);
8685 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
8687 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8688 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8690 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
8691 // the tp-relative offset of the symbol.
8692 unsigned int got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
;
8693 unsigned int got_offset
;
8696 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
));
8697 got_offset
= gsym
->got_offset(got_type
);
8701 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8702 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
));
8703 got_offset
= object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
);
8706 // All GOT offsets are relative to the end of the GOT.
8707 got_offset
-= target
->got_size();
8709 Arm_address got_entry
=
8710 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
8712 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the GOT entry.
8713 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
8714 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
8718 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8719 // If we're creating a shared library, a dynamic relocation will
8720 // have been created for this location, so do not apply it now.
8721 if (!parameters
->options().shared())
8723 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
8725 // $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the TLS, so we
8726 // need to add TCB size to the offset.
8727 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size
=
8728 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE
, tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
8729 RelocFuncs::rel32(view
, value
+ aligned_tcb_size
);
8732 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
8738 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
8739 _("unsupported reloc %u"),
8741 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
8744 // Relocate section data.
8746 template<bool big_endian
>
8748 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_section(
8749 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8750 unsigned int sh_type
,
8751 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8753 Output_section
* output_section
,
8754 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
8755 unsigned char* view
,
8756 Arm_address address
,
8757 section_size_type view_size
,
8758 const Reloc_symbol_changes
* reloc_symbol_changes
)
8760 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate Arm_relocate
;
8761 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
8763 // See if we are relocating a relaxed input section. If so, the view
8764 // covers the whole output section and we need to adjust accordingly.
8765 if (needs_special_offset_handling
)
8767 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
8768 output_section
->find_relaxed_input_section(relinfo
->object
,
8769 relinfo
->data_shndx
);
8772 Arm_address section_address
= poris
->address();
8773 section_size_type section_size
= poris
->data_size();
8775 gold_assert((section_address
>= address
)
8776 && ((section_address
+ section_size
)
8777 <= (address
+ view_size
)));
8779 off_t offset
= section_address
- address
;
8782 view_size
= section_size
;
8786 gold::relocate_section
<32, big_endian
, Target_arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
8793 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8797 reloc_symbol_changes
);
8800 // Return the size of a relocation while scanning during a relocatable
8803 template<bool big_endian
>
8805 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocatable_size_for_reloc::get_size_for_reloc(
8806 unsigned int r_type
,
8809 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8810 const Arm_reloc_property
* arp
=
8811 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
8816 std::string reloc_name
=
8817 arm_reloc_property_table
->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type
);
8818 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected %s in object file"),
8819 object
->name().c_str(), reloc_name
.c_str());
8824 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
8826 template<bool big_endian
>
8828 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_relocatable_relocs(
8829 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
8831 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
8832 unsigned int data_shndx
,
8833 unsigned int sh_type
,
8834 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8836 Output_section
* output_section
,
8837 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
8838 size_t local_symbol_count
,
8839 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
8840 Relocatable_relocs
* rr
)
8842 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
8844 typedef gold::Default_scan_relocatable_relocs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
8845 Relocatable_size_for_reloc
> Scan_relocatable_relocs
;
8847 gold::scan_relocatable_relocs
<32, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
8848 Scan_relocatable_relocs
>(
8856 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8862 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
8864 template<bool big_endian
>
8866 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_for_relocatable(
8867 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8868 unsigned int sh_type
,
8869 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8871 Output_section
* output_section
,
8872 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
8873 const Relocatable_relocs
* rr
,
8874 unsigned char* view
,
8875 Arm_address view_address
,
8876 section_size_type view_size
,
8877 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
8878 section_size_type reloc_view_size
)
8880 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
8882 gold::relocate_for_relocatable
<32, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
>(
8887 offset_in_output_section
,
8896 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
8897 // treatment. This is how we support equality comparisons of function
8898 // pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the
8899 // processor specific ABI supplement.
8901 template<bool big_endian
>
8903 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
* gsym
) const
8905 gold_assert(gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && gsym
->has_plt_offset());
8906 return this->plt_section()->address() + gsym
->plt_offset();
8909 // Map platform-specific relocs to real relocs
8911 template<bool big_endian
>
8913 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::get_real_reloc_type (unsigned int r_type
)
8917 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
8918 // This is either R_ARM_ABS32 or R_ARM_REL32;
8919 return elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
;
8921 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
8922 // This can be any reloc type but ususally is R_ARM_GOT_PREL
8923 return elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
;
8930 // Whether if two EABI versions V1 and V2 are compatible.
8932 template<bool big_endian
>
8934 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::are_eabi_versions_compatible(
8935 elfcpp::Elf_Word v1
,
8936 elfcpp::Elf_Word v2
)
8938 // v4 and v5 are the same spec before and after it was released,
8939 // so allow mixing them.
8940 if ((v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
&& v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5
)
8941 || (v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5
&& v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
))
8947 // Combine FLAGS from an input object called NAME and the processor-specific
8948 // flags in the ELF header of the output. Much of this is adapted from the
8949 // processor-specific flags merging code in elf32_arm_merge_private_bfd_data
8950 // in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
8952 template<bool big_endian
>
8954 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::merge_processor_specific_flags(
8955 const std::string
& name
,
8956 elfcpp::Elf_Word flags
)
8958 if (this->are_processor_specific_flags_set())
8960 elfcpp::Elf_Word out_flags
= this->processor_specific_flags();
8962 // Nothing to merge if flags equal to those in output.
8963 if (flags
== out_flags
)
8966 // Complain about various flag mismatches.
8967 elfcpp::Elf_Word version1
= elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(flags
);
8968 elfcpp::Elf_Word version2
= elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(out_flags
);
8969 if (!this->are_eabi_versions_compatible(version1
, version2
))
8970 gold_error(_("Source object %s has EABI version %d but output has "
8971 "EABI version %d."),
8973 (flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
) >> 24,
8974 (out_flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
) >> 24);
8978 // If the input is the default architecture and had the default
8979 // flags then do not bother setting the flags for the output
8980 // architecture, instead allow future merges to do this. If no
8981 // future merges ever set these flags then they will retain their
8982 // uninitialised values, which surprise surprise, correspond
8983 // to the default values.
8987 // This is the first time, just copy the flags.
8988 // We only copy the EABI version for now.
8989 this->set_processor_specific_flags(flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
);
8993 // Adjust ELF file header.
8994 template<bool big_endian
>
8996 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_adjust_elf_header(
8997 unsigned char* view
,
9000 gold_assert(len
== elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
);
9002 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(view
);
9003 unsigned char e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
];
9004 memcpy(e_ident
, ehdr
.get_e_ident(), elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
);
9006 if (elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(this->processor_specific_flags())
9007 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN
)
9008 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_OSABI
] = elfcpp::ELFOSABI_ARM
;
9010 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_OSABI
] = 0;
9011 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_ABIVERSION
] = 0;
9013 // FIXME: Do EF_ARM_BE8 adjustment.
9015 elfcpp::Ehdr_write
<32, big_endian
> oehdr(view
);
9016 oehdr
.put_e_ident(e_ident
);
9019 // do_make_elf_object to override the same function in the base class.
9020 // We need to use a target-specific sub-class of Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>
9021 // to store ARM specific information. Hence we need to have our own
9022 // ELF object creation.
9024 template<bool big_endian
>
9026 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_make_elf_object(
9027 const std::string
& name
,
9028 Input_file
* input_file
,
9029 off_t offset
, const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
9031 int et
= ehdr
.get_e_type();
9032 if (et
== elfcpp::ET_REL
)
9034 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* obj
=
9035 new Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
9039 else if (et
== elfcpp::ET_DYN
)
9041 Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>* obj
=
9042 new Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
9048 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported ELF file type %d"),
9054 // Read the architecture from the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute, if any.
9055 // Returns -1 if no architecture could be read.
9056 // This is adapted from get_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9058 template<bool big_endian
>
9060 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::get_secondary_compatible_arch(
9061 const Attributes_section_data
* pasd
)
9063 const Object_attribute
*known_attributes
=
9064 pasd
->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
);
9066 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
9067 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
9068 const std::string
& sv
=
9069 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].string_value();
9071 && sv
.data()[0] == elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
9072 && (sv
.data()[1] & 128) != 128)
9073 return sv
.data()[1];
9075 // This tag is "safely ignorable", so don't complain if it looks funny.
9079 // Set, or unset, the architecture of the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute.
9080 // The tag is removed if ARCH is -1.
9081 // This is adapted from set_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9083 template<bool big_endian
>
9085 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::set_secondary_compatible_arch(
9086 Attributes_section_data
* pasd
,
9089 Object_attribute
*known_attributes
=
9090 pasd
->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
);
9094 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].set_string_value("");
9098 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
9099 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
9101 sv
[0] = elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
;
9102 gold_assert(arch
!= 0);
9106 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].set_string_value(sv
);
9109 // Combine two values for Tag_CPU_arch, taking secondary compatibility tags
9111 // This is adapted from tag_cpu_arch_combine() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9113 template<bool big_endian
>
9115 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::tag_cpu_arch_combine(
9118 int* secondary_compat_out
,
9120 int secondary_compat
)
9122 #define T(X) elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_##X
9123 static const int v6t2
[] =
9135 static const int v6k
[] =
9148 static const int v7
[] =
9162 static const int v6_m
[] =
9177 static const int v6s_m
[] =
9193 static const int v7e_m
[] =
9210 static const int v4t_plus_v6_m
[] =
9226 T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
) // V4T plus V6_M.
9228 static const int *comb
[] =
9236 // Pseudo-architecture.
9240 // Check we've not got a higher architecture than we know about.
9242 if (oldtag
>= elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH
|| newtag
>= elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH
)
9244 gold_error(_("%s: unknown CPU architecture"), name
);
9248 // Override old tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the output.
9250 if ((oldtag
== T(V6_M
) && *secondary_compat_out
== T(V4T
))
9251 || (oldtag
== T(V4T
) && *secondary_compat_out
== T(V6_M
)))
9252 oldtag
= T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
);
9254 // And override the new tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the
9257 if ((newtag
== T(V6_M
) && secondary_compat
== T(V4T
))
9258 || (newtag
== T(V4T
) && secondary_compat
== T(V6_M
)))
9259 newtag
= T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
);
9261 // Architectures before V6KZ add features monotonically.
9262 int tagh
= std::max(oldtag
, newtag
);
9263 if (tagh
<= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6KZ
)
9266 int tagl
= std::min(oldtag
, newtag
);
9267 int result
= comb
[tagh
- T(V6T2
)][tagl
];
9269 // Use Tag_CPU_arch == V4T and Tag_also_compatible_with (Tag_CPU_arch V6_M)
9270 // as the canonical version.
9271 if (result
== T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
))
9274 *secondary_compat_out
= T(V6_M
);
9277 *secondary_compat_out
= -1;
9281 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting CPU architectures %d/%d"),
9282 name
, oldtag
, newtag
);
9290 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
9292 template<bool big_endian
>
9294 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int value
)
9296 static const char *aeabi_enum_names
[] =
9297 { "", "variable-size", "32-bit", "" };
9298 const size_t aeabi_enum_names_size
=
9299 sizeof(aeabi_enum_names
) / sizeof(aeabi_enum_names
[0]);
9301 if (value
< aeabi_enum_names_size
)
9302 return std::string(aeabi_enum_names
[value
]);
9306 sprintf(buffer
, "<unknown value %u>", value
);
9307 return std::string(buffer
);
9311 // Return the string value to store in TAG_CPU_name.
9313 template<bool big_endian
>
9315 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int value
)
9317 static const char *name_table
[] = {
9318 // These aren't real CPU names, but we can't guess
9319 // that from the architecture version alone.
9335 const size_t name_table_size
= sizeof(name_table
) / sizeof(name_table
[0]);
9337 if (value
< name_table_size
)
9338 return std::string(name_table
[value
]);
9342 sprintf(buffer
, "<unknown CPU value %u>", value
);
9343 return std::string(buffer
);
9347 // Merge object attributes from input file called NAME with those of the
9348 // output. The input object attributes are in the object pointed by PASD.
9350 template<bool big_endian
>
9352 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::merge_object_attributes(
9354 const Attributes_section_data
* pasd
)
9356 // Return if there is no attributes section data.
9360 // If output has no object attributes, just copy.
9361 if (this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
)
9363 this->attributes_section_data_
= new Attributes_section_data(*pasd
);
9367 const int vendor
= Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
;
9368 const Object_attribute
* in_attr
= pasd
->known_attributes(vendor
);
9369 Object_attribute
* out_attr
=
9370 this->attributes_section_data_
->known_attributes(vendor
);
9372 // This needs to happen before Tag_ABI_FP_number_model is merged. */
9373 if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value()
9374 != out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value())
9376 // Ignore mismatches if the object doesn't use floating point. */
9377 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
].int_value() == 0)
9378 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].set_int_value(
9379 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value());
9380 else if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
].int_value() != 0)
9381 gold_error(_("%s uses VFP register arguments, output does not"),
9385 for (int i
= 4; i
< Vendor_object_attributes::NUM_KNOWN_ATTRIBUTES
; ++i
)
9387 // Merge this attribute with existing attributes.
9390 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
:
9391 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
:
9392 // These are merged after Tag_CPU_arch.
9395 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_optimization_goals
:
9396 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_optimization_goals
:
9397 // Use the first value seen.
9400 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
:
9402 unsigned int saved_out_attr
= out_attr
->int_value();
9403 // Merge Tag_CPU_arch and Tag_also_compatible_with.
9404 int secondary_compat
=
9405 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(pasd
);
9406 int secondary_compat_out
=
9407 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(
9408 this->attributes_section_data_
);
9409 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(
9410 tag_cpu_arch_combine(name
, out_attr
[i
].int_value(),
9411 &secondary_compat_out
,
9412 in_attr
[i
].int_value(),
9414 this->set_secondary_compatible_arch(this->attributes_section_data_
,
9415 secondary_compat_out
);
9417 // Merge Tag_CPU_name and Tag_CPU_raw_name.
9418 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == saved_out_attr
)
9419 ; // Leave the names alone.
9420 else if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == in_attr
[i
].int_value())
9422 // The output architecture has been changed to match the
9423 // input architecture. Use the input names.
9424 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value(
9425 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].string_value());
9426 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].set_string_value(
9427 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].string_value());
9431 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value("");
9432 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].set_string_value("");
9435 // If we still don't have a value for Tag_CPU_name,
9436 // make one up now. Tag_CPU_raw_name remains blank.
9437 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].string_value() == "")
9439 const std::string cpu_name
=
9440 this->tag_cpu_name_value(out_attr
[i
].int_value());
9441 // FIXME: If we see an unknown CPU, this will be set
9442 // to "<unknown CPU n>", where n is the attribute value.
9443 // This is different from BFD, which leaves the name alone.
9444 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value(cpu_name
);
9449 case elfcpp::Tag_ARM_ISA_use
:
9450 case elfcpp::Tag_THUMB_ISA_use
:
9451 case elfcpp::Tag_WMMX_arch
:
9452 case elfcpp::Tag_Advanced_SIMD_arch
:
9453 // ??? Do Advanced_SIMD (NEON) and WMMX conflict?
9454 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_rounding
:
9455 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_exceptions
:
9456 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_user_exceptions
:
9457 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
:
9458 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_HP_extension
:
9459 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_unaligned_access
:
9460 case elfcpp::Tag_T2EE_use
:
9461 case elfcpp::Tag_Virtualization_use
:
9462 case elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
:
9463 // Use the largest value specified.
9464 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9465 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9468 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
:
9469 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RO_data
:
9470 // Use the smallest value specified.
9471 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() < out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9472 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9475 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_needed
:
9476 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 0 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() > 0)
9477 && (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
].int_value() == 0
9478 || (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
].int_value()
9481 // This error message should be enabled once all non-conformant
9482 // binaries in the toolchain have had the attributes set
9484 // gold_error(_("output 8-byte data alignment conflicts with %s"),
9488 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_denormal
:
9489 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_GOT_use
:
9491 // These tags have 0 = don't care, 1 = strong requirement,
9492 // 2 = weak requirement.
9493 static const int order_021
[3] = {0, 2, 1};
9495 // Use the "greatest" from the sequence 0, 2, 1, or the largest
9496 // value if greater than 2 (for future-proofing).
9497 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 2
9498 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9499 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() <= 2
9500 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() <= 2
9501 && (order_021
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()]
9502 > order_021
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()])))
9503 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9507 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
:
9508 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
9510 // 0 will merge with anything.
9511 // 'A' and 'S' merge to 'A'.
9512 // 'R' and 'S' merge to 'R'.
9513 // 'M' and 'A|R|S' is an error.
9514 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0
9515 || (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'S'
9516 && (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'A'
9517 || in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'R')))
9518 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9519 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0
9520 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'S'
9521 && (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'A'
9522 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'R')))
9527 (_("conflicting architecture profiles %c/%c"),
9528 in_attr
[i
].int_value() ? in_attr
[i
].int_value() : '0',
9529 out_attr
[i
].int_value() ? out_attr
[i
].int_value() : '0');
9533 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_arch
:
9550 // Values greater than 6 aren't defined, so just pick the
9552 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 6
9553 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9555 *out_attr
= *in_attr
;
9558 // The output uses the superset of input features
9559 // (ISA version) and registers.
9560 int ver
= std::max(vfp_versions
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()].ver
,
9561 vfp_versions
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()].ver
);
9562 int regs
= std::max(vfp_versions
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()].regs
,
9563 vfp_versions
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()].regs
);
9564 // This assumes all possible supersets are also a valid
9567 for (newval
= 6; newval
> 0; newval
--)
9569 if (regs
== vfp_versions
[newval
].regs
9570 && ver
== vfp_versions
[newval
].ver
)
9573 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(newval
);
9576 case elfcpp::Tag_PCS_config
:
9577 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0)
9578 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9579 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
9581 // It's sometimes ok to mix different configs, so this is only
9583 gold_warning(_("%s: conflicting platform configuration"), name
);
9586 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
:
9587 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
9588 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
9589 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
)
9591 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting use of R9"), name
);
9593 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
)
9594 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9596 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RW_data
:
9597 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_PCS_RW_data_SBrel
9598 && (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
].int_value()
9599 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_SB
)
9600 && (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
].int_value()
9601 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
))
9603 gold_error(_("%s: SB relative addressing conflicts with use "
9607 // Use the smallest value specified.
9608 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() < out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9609 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9611 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_wchar_t
:
9612 // FIXME: Make it possible to turn off this warning.
9613 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value()
9614 && in_attr
[i
].int_value()
9615 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
9617 gold_warning(_("%s uses %u-byte wchar_t yet the output is to "
9618 "use %u-byte wchar_t; use of wchar_t values "
9619 "across objects may fail"),
9620 name
, in_attr
[i
].int_value(),
9621 out_attr
[i
].int_value());
9623 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() && !out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9624 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9626 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_enum_size
:
9627 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
)
9629 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
9630 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
)
9632 // The existing object is compatible with anything.
9633 // Use whatever requirements the new object has.
9634 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9636 // FIXME: Make it possible to turn off this warning.
9637 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
9638 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
9640 unsigned int in_value
= in_attr
[i
].int_value();
9641 unsigned int out_value
= out_attr
[i
].int_value();
9642 gold_warning(_("%s uses %s enums yet the output is to use "
9643 "%s enums; use of enum values across objects "
9646 this->aeabi_enum_name(in_value
).c_str(),
9647 this->aeabi_enum_name(out_value
).c_str());
9651 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
:
9654 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_WMMX_args
:
9655 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9657 gold_error(_("%s uses iWMMXt register arguments, output does "
9662 case Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility
:
9663 // Merged in target-independent code.
9665 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_HardFP_use
:
9666 // 1 (SP) and 2 (DP) conflict, so combine to 3 (SP & DP).
9667 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 1 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 2)
9668 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 2 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 1))
9669 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(3);
9670 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9671 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9673 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_16bit_format
:
9674 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
9676 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9677 gold_error(_("fp16 format mismatch between %s and output"),
9680 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
9681 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9684 case elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
:
9685 // This tag is set if it exists, but the value is unused (and is
9686 // typically zero). We don't actually need to do anything here -
9687 // the merge happens automatically when the type flags are merged
9690 case elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
:
9691 // Already done in Tag_CPU_arch.
9693 case elfcpp::Tag_conformance
:
9694 // Keep the attribute if it matches. Throw it away otherwise.
9695 // No attribute means no claim to conform.
9696 if (in_attr
[i
].string_value() != out_attr
[i
].string_value())
9697 out_attr
[i
].set_string_value("");
9702 const char* err_object
= NULL
;
9704 // The "known_obj_attributes" table does contain some undefined
9705 // attributes. Ensure that there are unused.
9706 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
9707 || out_attr
[i
].string_value() != "")
9708 err_object
= "output";
9709 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
9710 || in_attr
[i
].string_value() != "")
9713 if (err_object
!= NULL
)
9715 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored.
9717 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute "
9721 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
9725 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
9726 if (!in_attr
[i
].matches(out_attr
[i
]))
9728 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(0);
9729 out_attr
[i
].set_string_value("");
9734 // If out_attr was copied from in_attr then it won't have a type yet.
9735 if (in_attr
[i
].type() && !out_attr
[i
].type())
9736 out_attr
[i
].set_type(in_attr
[i
].type());
9739 // Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones.
9740 this->attributes_section_data_
->merge(name
, pasd
);
9742 // Check for any attributes not known on ARM.
9743 typedef Vendor_object_attributes::Other_attributes Other_attributes
;
9744 const Other_attributes
* in_other_attributes
= pasd
->other_attributes(vendor
);
9745 Other_attributes::const_iterator in_iter
= in_other_attributes
->begin();
9746 Other_attributes
* out_other_attributes
=
9747 this->attributes_section_data_
->other_attributes(vendor
);
9748 Other_attributes::iterator out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->begin();
9750 while (in_iter
!= in_other_attributes
->end()
9751 || out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end())
9753 const char* err_object
= NULL
;
9756 // The tags for each list are in numerical order.
9757 // If the tags are equal, then merge.
9758 if (out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end()
9759 && (in_iter
== in_other_attributes
->end()
9760 || in_iter
->first
> out_iter
->first
))
9762 // This attribute only exists in output. We can't merge, and we
9763 // don't know what the tag means, so delete it.
9764 err_object
= "output";
9765 err_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
9766 int saved_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
9767 delete out_iter
->second
;
9768 out_other_attributes
->erase(out_iter
);
9769 out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->upper_bound(saved_tag
);
9771 else if (in_iter
!= in_other_attributes
->end()
9772 && (out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end()
9773 || in_iter
->first
< out_iter
->first
))
9775 // This attribute only exists in input. We can't merge, and we
9776 // don't know what the tag means, so ignore it.
9778 err_tag
= in_iter
->first
;
9781 else // The tags are equal.
9783 // As present, all attributes in the list are unknown, and
9784 // therefore can't be merged meaningfully.
9785 err_object
= "output";
9786 err_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
9788 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
9789 if (!in_iter
->second
->matches(*(out_iter
->second
)))
9791 // No match. Delete the attribute.
9792 int saved_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
9793 delete out_iter
->second
;
9794 out_other_attributes
->erase(out_iter
);
9795 out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->upper_bound(saved_tag
);
9799 // Matched. Keep the attribute and move to the next.
9807 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored. */
9808 if ((err_tag
& 127) < 64)
9810 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute %d"),
9811 err_object
, err_tag
);
9815 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
9816 err_object
, err_tag
);
9822 // Stub-generation methods for Target_arm.
9824 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
9826 template<bool big_endian
>
9827 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
9828 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::new_arm_input_section(
9832 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
9834 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
=
9835 new Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>(relobj
, shndx
);
9836 arm_input_section
->init();
9838 // Register new Arm_input_section in map for look-up.
9839 std::pair
<typename
Arm_input_section_map::iterator
, bool> ins
=
9840 this->arm_input_section_map_
.insert(std::make_pair(sid
, arm_input_section
));
9842 // Make sure that it we have not created another Arm_input_section
9843 // for this input section already.
9844 gold_assert(ins
.second
);
9846 return arm_input_section
;
9849 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
9850 // section of RELOBJ.
9852 template<bool big_endian
>
9853 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
9854 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::find_arm_input_section(
9856 unsigned int shndx
) const
9858 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
9859 typename
Arm_input_section_map::const_iterator p
=
9860 this->arm_input_section_map_
.find(sid
);
9861 return (p
!= this->arm_input_section_map_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
9864 // Make a new stub table.
9866 template<bool big_endian
>
9867 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
9868 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::new_stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
)
9870 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
9871 new Stub_table
<big_endian
>(owner
);
9872 this->stub_tables_
.push_back(stub_table
);
9874 stub_table
->set_address(owner
->address() + owner
->data_size());
9875 stub_table
->set_file_offset(owner
->offset() + owner
->data_size());
9876 stub_table
->finalize_data_size();
9881 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
9883 template<bool big_endian
>
9885 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_reloc_for_stub(
9886 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9887 unsigned int r_type
,
9888 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
9890 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
9891 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword addend
,
9892 Arm_address address
)
9894 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate Relocate
;
9896 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
9897 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
9899 bool target_is_thumb
;
9900 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
9903 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
9904 // final target is THUMB.
9905 if (gsym
->use_plt_offset(Relocate::reloc_is_non_pic(r_type
)))
9907 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
9908 symval
.set_output_value(this->plt_section()->address()
9909 + gsym
->plt_offset());
9911 target_is_thumb
= false;
9913 else if (gsym
->is_undefined())
9914 // There is no need to generate a stub symbol is undefined.
9919 ((gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
9920 || (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
9921 && !gsym
->is_undefined()
9922 && ((psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & 1) != 0)));
9927 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
9928 target_is_thumb
= arm_relobj
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
);
9931 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
9932 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
9933 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
9934 gold_assert(reloc_property
!= NULL
);
9936 && reloc_property
->uses_thumb_bit()
9937 && ((psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & 1) != 0))
9939 Arm_address stripped_value
=
9940 psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
9941 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
9945 // Get the symbol value.
9946 Symbol_value
<32>::Value value
= psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0);
9948 // Owing to pipelining, the PC relative branches below actually skip
9949 // two instructions when the branch offset is 0.
9950 Arm_address destination
;
9953 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
9954 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
9955 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
9957 destination
= value
+ addend
+ 8;
9959 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
9960 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
9961 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
9962 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
9964 destination
= value
+ addend
+ 4;
9970 Reloc_stub
* stub
= NULL
;
9971 Stub_type stub_type
=
9972 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
, destination
,
9974 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
9976 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
9977 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
9978 arm_relobj
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
9979 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
9981 // Locate stub by destination.
9982 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, arm_relobj
, r_sym
, addend
);
9984 // Create a stub if there is not one already
9985 stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
9988 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
9989 stub
= this->stub_factory().make_reloc_stub(stub_type
);
9990 stub_table
->add_reloc_stub(stub
, stub_key
);
9993 // Record the destination address.
9994 stub
->set_destination_address(destination
9995 | (target_is_thumb
? 1 : 0));
9998 // For Cortex-A8, we need to record a relocation at 4K page boundary.
9999 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
10000 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
10001 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
10002 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
10003 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
10004 && (address
& 0xfffU
) == 0xffeU
)
10006 // Found a candidate. Note we haven't checked the destination is
10007 // within 4K here: if we do so (and don't create a record) we can't
10008 // tell that a branch should have been relocated when scanning later.
10009 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
[address
] =
10010 new Cortex_a8_reloc(stub
, r_type
,
10011 destination
| (target_is_thumb
? 1 : 0));
10015 // This function scans a relocation sections for stub generation.
10016 // The template parameter Relocate must be a class type which provides
10017 // a single function, relocate(), which implements the machine
10018 // specific part of a relocation.
10020 // BIG_ENDIAN is the endianness of the data. SH_TYPE is the section type:
10021 // SHT_REL or SHT_RELA.
10023 // PRELOCS points to the relocation data. RELOC_COUNT is the number
10024 // of relocs. OUTPUT_SECTION is the output section.
10025 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true if input offsets need to be
10026 // mapped to output offsets.
10028 // VIEW is the section data, VIEW_ADDRESS is its memory address, and
10029 // VIEW_SIZE is the size. These refer to the input section, unless
10030 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true, in which case they refer to
10031 // the output section.
10033 template<bool big_endian
>
10034 template<int sh_type
>
10036 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
10037 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
10038 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
10039 size_t reloc_count
,
10040 Output_section
* output_section
,
10041 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
10042 const unsigned char* view
,
10043 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
10046 typedef typename Reloc_types
<sh_type
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc Reltype
;
10047 const int reloc_size
=
10048 Reloc_types
<sh_type
, 32, big_endian
>::reloc_size
;
10050 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_object
=
10051 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
10052 unsigned int local_count
= arm_object
->local_symbol_count();
10054 Comdat_behavior comdat_behavior
= CB_UNDETERMINED
;
10056 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< reloc_count
; ++i
, prelocs
+= reloc_size
)
10058 Reltype
reloc(prelocs
);
10060 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
10061 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
10062 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
10064 r_type
= this->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
10066 // Only a few relocation types need stubs.
10067 if ((r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)
10068 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
10069 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
10070 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
)
10071 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
10072 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
10073 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
)
10074 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
))
10077 section_offset_type offset
=
10078 convert_to_section_size_type(reloc
.get_r_offset());
10080 if (needs_special_offset_handling
)
10082 offset
= output_section
->output_offset(relinfo
->object
,
10083 relinfo
->data_shndx
,
10089 // Create a v4bx stub if --fix-v4bx-interworking is used.
10090 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
)
10092 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
)
10094 // Get the BX instruction.
10095 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
10096 const Valtype
* wv
=
10097 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
+ offset
);
10098 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword insn
=
10099 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
10100 const uint32_t reg
= (insn
& 0xf);
10104 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
10105 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
10106 arm_object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
10107 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
10109 if (stub_table
->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
) == NULL
)
10111 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
10112 Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
=
10113 this->stub_factory().make_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
);
10114 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
10115 stub_table
->add_arm_v4bx_stub(stub
);
10123 Stub_addend_reader
<sh_type
, big_endian
> stub_addend_reader
;
10124 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword addend
=
10125 stub_addend_reader(r_type
, view
+ offset
, reloc
);
10127 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sym
;
10129 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
10130 const Symbol_value
<32> *psymval
;
10131 if (r_sym
< local_count
)
10134 psymval
= arm_object
->local_symbol(r_sym
);
10136 // If the local symbol belongs to a section we are discarding,
10137 // and that section is a debug section, try to find the
10138 // corresponding kept section and map this symbol to its
10139 // counterpart in the kept section. The symbol must not
10140 // correspond to a section we are folding.
10142 unsigned int shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
10144 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
10145 && !arm_object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
10146 && !(relinfo
->symtab
->is_section_folded(arm_object
, shndx
)))
10148 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_UNDETERMINED
)
10151 arm_object
->section_name(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
10152 comdat_behavior
= get_comdat_behavior(name
.c_str());
10154 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_PRETEND
)
10157 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr value
=
10158 arm_object
->map_to_kept_section(shndx
, &found
);
10160 symval
.set_output_value(value
+ psymval
->input_value());
10162 symval
.set_output_value(0);
10166 symval
.set_output_value(0);
10168 symval
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
10174 const Symbol
* gsym
= arm_object
->global_symbol(r_sym
);
10175 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
10176 if (gsym
->is_forwarder())
10177 gsym
= relinfo
->symtab
->resolve_forwards(gsym
);
10179 sym
= static_cast<const Sized_symbol
<32>*>(gsym
);
10180 if (sym
->has_symtab_index())
10181 symval
.set_output_symtab_index(sym
->symtab_index());
10183 symval
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
10185 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this global
10187 const Symbol_table
* symtab
= relinfo
->symtab
;
10188 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sized_symbol
=
10189 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<32>(gsym
);
10190 Symbol_table::Compute_final_value_status status
;
10191 Arm_address value
=
10192 symtab
->compute_final_value
<32>(sized_symbol
, &status
);
10194 // Skip this if the symbol has not output section.
10195 if (status
== Symbol_table::CFVS_NO_OUTPUT_SECTION
)
10198 symval
.set_output_value(value
);
10202 // If symbol is a section symbol, we don't know the actual type of
10203 // destination. Give up.
10204 if (psymval
->is_section_symbol())
10207 this->scan_reloc_for_stub(relinfo
, r_type
, sym
, r_sym
, psymval
,
10208 addend
, view_address
+ offset
);
10212 // Scan an input section for stub generation.
10214 template<bool big_endian
>
10216 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_section_for_stubs(
10217 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
10218 unsigned int sh_type
,
10219 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
10220 size_t reloc_count
,
10221 Output_section
* output_section
,
10222 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
10223 const unsigned char* view
,
10224 Arm_address view_address
,
10225 section_size_type view_size
)
10227 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
10228 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
>(
10233 needs_special_offset_handling
,
10237 else if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
10238 // We do not support RELA type relocations yet. This is provided for
10240 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
>(
10245 needs_special_offset_handling
,
10250 gold_unreachable();
10253 // Group input sections for stub generation.
10255 // We goup input sections in an output sections so that the total size,
10256 // including any padding space due to alignment is smaller than GROUP_SIZE
10257 // unless the only input section in group is bigger than GROUP_SIZE already.
10258 // Then an ARM stub table is created to follow the last input section
10259 // in group. For each group an ARM stub table is created an is placed
10260 // after the last group. If STUB_ALWATS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we further
10261 // extend the group after the stub table.
10263 template<bool big_endian
>
10265 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::group_sections(
10267 section_size_type group_size
,
10268 bool stubs_always_after_branch
)
10270 // Group input sections and insert stub table
10271 Layout::Section_list section_list
;
10272 layout
->get_allocated_sections(§ion_list
);
10273 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= section_list
.begin();
10274 p
!= section_list
.end();
10277 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* output_section
=
10278 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
10279 output_section
->group_sections(group_size
, stubs_always_after_branch
,
10284 // Relaxation hook. This is where we do stub generation.
10286 template<bool big_endian
>
10288 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_relax(
10290 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
10291 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
10294 // No need to generate stubs if this is a relocatable link.
10295 gold_assert(!parameters
->options().relocatable());
10297 // If this is the first pass, we need to group input sections into
10299 bool done_exidx_fixup
= false;
10302 // Determine the stub group size. The group size is the absolute
10303 // value of the parameter --stub-group-size. If --stub-group-size
10304 // is passed a negative value, we restict stubs to be always after
10305 // the stubbed branches.
10306 int32_t stub_group_size_param
=
10307 parameters
->options().stub_group_size();
10308 bool stubs_always_after_branch
= stub_group_size_param
< 0;
10309 section_size_type stub_group_size
= abs(stub_group_size_param
);
10311 // The Cortex-A8 erratum fix depends on stubs not being in the same 4K
10312 // page as the first half of a 32-bit branch straddling two 4K pages.
10313 // This is a crude way of enforcing that.
10314 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
10315 stubs_always_after_branch
= true;
10317 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
10320 // Thumb branch range is +-4MB has to be used as the default
10321 // maximum size (a given section can contain both ARM and Thumb
10322 // code, so the worst case has to be taken into account). If we are
10323 // fixing cortex-a8 errata, the branch range has to be even smaller,
10324 // since wide conditional branch has a range of +-1MB only.
10326 // This value is 24K less than that, which allows for 2025
10327 // 12-byte stubs. If we exceed that, then we will fail to link.
10328 // The user will have to relink with an explicit group size
10330 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
10331 stub_group_size
= 1024276;
10333 stub_group_size
= 4170000;
10336 group_sections(layout
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_after_branch
);
10338 // Also fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
10339 Output_section
* os
= layout
->find_output_section(".ARM.exidx");
10340 if (os
!= NULL
&& os
->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
10342 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* exidx_output_section
=
10343 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(os
);
10344 this->fix_exidx_coverage(layout
, exidx_output_section
, symtab
);
10345 done_exidx_fixup
= true;
10349 // The Cortex-A8 stubs are sensitive to layout of code sections. At the
10350 // beginning of each relaxation pass, just blow away all the stubs.
10351 // Alternatively, we could selectively remove only the stubs and reloc
10352 // information for code sections that have moved since the last pass.
10353 // That would require more book-keeping.
10354 typedef typename
Stub_table_list::iterator Stub_table_iterator
;
10355 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
10357 // Clear all Cortex-A8 reloc information.
10358 for (typename
Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p
=
10359 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.begin();
10360 p
!= this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.end();
10363 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.clear();
10365 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
10366 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
10367 sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end();
10369 (*sp
)->remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
10372 // Scan relocs for relocation stubs
10373 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
10374 op
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
10377 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
10378 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*op
);
10379 arm_relobj
->scan_sections_for_stubs(this, symtab
, layout
);
10382 // Check all stub tables to see if any of them have their data sizes
10383 // or addresses alignments changed. These are the only things that
10385 bool any_stub_table_changed
= false;
10386 Unordered_set
<const Output_section
*> sections_needing_adjustment
;
10387 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
10388 (sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed
;
10391 if ((*sp
)->update_data_size_and_addralign())
10393 // Update data size of stub table owner.
10394 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
= (*sp
)->owner();
10395 uint64_t address
= owner
->address();
10396 off_t offset
= owner
->offset();
10397 owner
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
10398 owner
->set_address_and_file_offset(address
, offset
);
10400 sections_needing_adjustment
.insert(owner
->output_section());
10401 any_stub_table_changed
= true;
10405 // Output_section_data::output_section() returns a const pointer but we
10406 // need to update output sections, so we record all output sections needing
10407 // update above and scan the sections here to find out what sections need
10409 for(Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= layout
->section_list().begin();
10410 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
10413 if (sections_needing_adjustment
.find(*p
)
10414 != sections_needing_adjustment
.end())
10415 (*p
)->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
10418 // Stop relaxation if no EXIDX fix-up and no stub table change.
10419 bool continue_relaxation
= done_exidx_fixup
|| any_stub_table_changed
;
10421 // Finalize the stubs in the last relaxation pass.
10422 if (!continue_relaxation
)
10424 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
10425 (sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed
;
10427 (*sp
)->finalize_stubs();
10429 // Update output local symbol counts of objects if necessary.
10430 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
10431 op
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
10434 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
10435 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*op
);
10437 // Update output local symbol counts. We need to discard local
10438 // symbols defined in parts of input sections that are discarded by
10440 if (arm_relobj
->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update())
10441 arm_relobj
->update_output_local_symbol_count();
10445 return continue_relaxation
;
10448 // Relocate a stub.
10450 template<bool big_endian
>
10452 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_stub(
10454 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
10455 Output_section
* output_section
,
10456 unsigned char* view
,
10457 Arm_address address
,
10458 section_size_type view_size
)
10461 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
10462 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< stub_template
->reloc_count(); i
++)
10464 size_t reloc_insn_index
= stub_template
->reloc_insn_index(i
);
10465 const Insn_template
* insn
= &stub_template
->insns()[reloc_insn_index
];
10467 unsigned int r_type
= insn
->r_type();
10468 section_size_type reloc_offset
= stub_template
->reloc_offset(i
);
10469 section_size_type reloc_size
= insn
->size();
10470 gold_assert(reloc_offset
+ reloc_size
<= view_size
);
10472 // This is the address of the stub destination.
10473 Arm_address target
= stub
->reloc_target(i
) + insn
->reloc_addend();
10474 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
10475 symval
.set_output_value(target
);
10477 // Synthesize a fake reloc just in case. We don't have a symbol so
10479 unsigned char reloc_buffer
[elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
];
10480 memset(reloc_buffer
, 0, sizeof(reloc_buffer
));
10481 elfcpp::Rel_write
<32, big_endian
> reloc_write(reloc_buffer
);
10482 reloc_write
.put_r_offset(reloc_offset
);
10483 reloc_write
.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info
<32>(0, r_type
));
10484 elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
> rel(reloc_buffer
);
10486 relocate
.relocate(relinfo
, this, output_section
,
10487 this->fake_relnum_for_stubs
, rel
, r_type
,
10488 NULL
, &symval
, view
+ reloc_offset
,
10489 address
+ reloc_offset
, reloc_size
);
10493 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
10496 template<bool big_endian
>
10498 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_attribute_arg_type(int tag
) const
10500 if (tag
== Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility
)
10501 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
10502 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
);
10503 else if (tag
== elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
)
10504 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
10505 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_NO_DEFAULT
);
10506 else if (tag
== elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
|| tag
== elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
)
10507 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
;
10509 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
10511 return ((tag
& 1) != 0
10512 ? Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
10513 : Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
);
10516 // Reorder attributes.
10518 // The ABI defines that Tag_conformance should be emitted first, and that
10519 // Tag_nodefaults should be second (if either is defined). This sets those
10520 // two positions, and bumps up the position of all the remaining tags to
10523 template<bool big_endian
>
10525 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_attributes_order(int num
) const
10527 // Reorder the known object attributes in output. We want to move
10528 // Tag_conformance to position 4 and Tag_conformance to position 5
10529 // and shift eveything between 4 .. Tag_conformance - 1 to make room.
10531 return elfcpp::Tag_conformance
;
10533 return elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
;
10534 if ((num
- 2) < elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
)
10536 if ((num
- 1) < elfcpp::Tag_conformance
)
10541 // Scan a span of THUMB code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
10543 template<bool big_endian
>
10545 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
10546 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
,
10547 unsigned int shndx
,
10548 section_size_type span_start
,
10549 section_size_type span_end
,
10550 const unsigned char* view
,
10551 Arm_address address
)
10553 // Scan for 32-bit Thumb-2 branches which span two 4K regions, where:
10555 // The opcode is BLX.W, BL.W, B.W, Bcc.W
10556 // The branch target is in the same 4KB region as the
10557 // first half of the branch.
10558 // The instruction before the branch is a 32-bit
10559 // length non-branch instruction.
10560 section_size_type i
= span_start
;
10561 bool last_was_32bit
= false;
10562 bool last_was_branch
= false;
10563 while (i
< span_end
)
10565 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
10566 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
+ i
);
10567 uint32_t insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
10568 bool is_blx
= false, is_b
= false;
10569 bool is_bl
= false, is_bcc
= false;
10571 bool insn_32bit
= (insn
& 0xe000) == 0xe000 && (insn
& 0x1800) != 0x0000;
10574 // Load the rest of the insn (in manual-friendly order).
10575 insn
= (insn
<< 16) | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
10577 // Encoding T4: B<c>.W.
10578 is_b
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf0009000U
;
10579 // Encoding T1: BL<c>.W.
10580 is_bl
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf000d000U
;
10581 // Encoding T2: BLX<c>.W.
10582 is_blx
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf000c000U
;
10583 // Encoding T3: B<c>.W (not permitted in IT block).
10584 is_bcc
= ((insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf0008000U
10585 && (insn
& 0x07f00000U
) != 0x03800000U
);
10588 bool is_32bit_branch
= is_b
|| is_bl
|| is_blx
|| is_bcc
;
10590 // If this instruction is a 32-bit THUMB branch that crosses a 4K
10591 // page boundary and it follows 32-bit non-branch instruction,
10592 // we need to work around.
10593 if (is_32bit_branch
10594 && ((address
+ i
) & 0xfffU
) == 0xffeU
10596 && !last_was_branch
)
10598 // Check to see if there is a relocation stub for this branch.
10599 bool force_target_arm
= false;
10600 bool force_target_thumb
= false;
10601 const Cortex_a8_reloc
* cortex_a8_reloc
= NULL
;
10602 Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p
=
10603 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.find(address
+ i
);
10605 if (p
!= this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.end())
10607 cortex_a8_reloc
= p
->second
;
10608 bool target_is_thumb
= (cortex_a8_reloc
->destination() & 1) != 0;
10610 if (cortex_a8_reloc
->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
10611 && !target_is_thumb
)
10612 force_target_arm
= true;
10613 else if (cortex_a8_reloc
->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
10614 && target_is_thumb
)
10615 force_target_thumb
= true;
10619 Stub_type stub_type
= arm_stub_none
;
10621 // Check if we have an offending branch instruction.
10622 uint16_t upper_insn
= (insn
>> 16) & 0xffffU
;
10623 uint16_t lower_insn
= insn
& 0xffffU
;
10624 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
10626 if (cortex_a8_reloc
!= NULL
10627 && cortex_a8_reloc
->reloc_stub() != NULL
)
10628 // We've already made a stub for this instruction, e.g.
10629 // it's a long branch or a Thumb->ARM stub. Assume that
10630 // stub will suffice to work around the A8 erratum (see
10631 // setting of always_after_branch above).
10635 offset
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
,
10637 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
;
10639 else if (is_b
|| is_bl
|| is_blx
)
10641 offset
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
,
10646 stub_type
= (is_blx
10647 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
10649 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
10650 : arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
));
10653 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
10655 Arm_address pc_for_insn
= address
+ i
+ 4;
10657 // The original instruction is a BL, but the target is
10658 // an ARM instruction. If we were not making a stub,
10659 // the BL would have been converted to a BLX. Use the
10660 // BLX stub instead in that case.
10661 if (this->may_use_blx() && force_target_arm
10662 && stub_type
== arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
)
10664 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
;
10668 // Conversely, if the original instruction was
10669 // BLX but the target is Thumb mode, use the BL stub.
10670 else if (force_target_thumb
10671 && stub_type
== arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
)
10673 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
;
10681 // If we found a relocation, use the proper destination,
10682 // not the offset in the (unrelocated) instruction.
10683 // Note this is always done if we switched the stub type above.
10684 if (cortex_a8_reloc
!= NULL
)
10685 offset
= (off_t
) (cortex_a8_reloc
->destination() - pc_for_insn
);
10687 Arm_address target
= (pc_for_insn
+ offset
) | (is_blx
? 0 : 1);
10689 // Add a new stub if destination address in in the same page.
10690 if (((address
+ i
) & ~0xfffU
) == (target
& ~0xfffU
))
10692 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
=
10693 this->stub_factory_
.make_cortex_a8_stub(stub_type
,
10697 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
10698 arm_relobj
->stub_table(shndx
);
10699 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
10700 stub_table
->add_cortex_a8_stub(address
+ i
, stub
);
10705 i
+= insn_32bit
? 4 : 2;
10706 last_was_32bit
= insn_32bit
;
10707 last_was_branch
= is_32bit_branch
;
10711 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround.
10713 template<bool big_endian
>
10715 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround(
10716 const Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
,
10717 Arm_address stub_address
,
10718 unsigned char* insn_view
,
10719 Arm_address insn_address
)
10721 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
10722 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(insn_view
);
10723 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
10724 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
10725 off_t branch_offset
= stub_address
- (insn_address
+ 4);
10727 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
10728 switch (stub
->stub_template()->type())
10730 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
:
10731 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<21>(branch_offset
));
10732 upper_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_upper(upper_insn
,
10734 lower_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_lower(lower_insn
,
10738 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
:
10739 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
:
10740 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
:
10741 if ((lower_insn
& 0x5000U
) == 0x4000U
)
10742 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is
10743 // rounded up to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of
10744 // the instruction which specifies that bit 1 of the target
10745 // address will come from bit 1 of the base address.
10746 branch_offset
= (branch_offset
+ 2) & ~3;
10748 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn.
10749 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
));
10750 upper_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
10751 lower_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
10755 gold_unreachable();
10758 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
10759 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
10760 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
10763 template<bool big_endian
>
10764 class Target_selector_arm
: public Target_selector
10767 Target_selector_arm()
10768 : Target_selector(elfcpp::EM_ARM
, 32, big_endian
,
10769 (big_endian
? "elf32-bigarm" : "elf32-littlearm"))
10773 do_instantiate_target()
10774 { return new Target_arm
<big_endian
>(); }
10777 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
10779 template<bool big_endian
>
10781 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::fix_exidx_coverage(
10783 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* exidx_section
,
10784 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
10786 // We need to look at all the input sections in output in ascending
10787 // order of of output address. We do that by building a sorted list
10788 // of output sections by addresses. Then we looks at the output sections
10789 // in order. The input sections in an output section are already sorted
10790 // by addresses within the output section.
10792 typedef std::set
<Output_section
*, output_section_address_less_than
>
10793 Sorted_output_section_list
;
10794 Sorted_output_section_list sorted_output_sections
;
10795 Layout::Section_list section_list
;
10796 layout
->get_allocated_sections(§ion_list
);
10797 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= section_list
.begin();
10798 p
!= section_list
.end();
10801 // We only care about output sections that contain executable code.
10802 if (((*p
)->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
10803 sorted_output_sections
.insert(*p
);
10806 // Go over the output sections in ascending order of output addresses.
10807 typedef typename Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::Text_section_list
10809 Text_section_list sorted_text_sections
;
10810 for(typename
Sorted_output_section_list::iterator p
=
10811 sorted_output_sections
.begin();
10812 p
!= sorted_output_sections
.end();
10815 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* arm_output_section
=
10816 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
10817 arm_output_section
->append_text_sections_to_list(&sorted_text_sections
);
10820 exidx_section
->fix_exidx_coverage(layout
, sorted_text_sections
, symtab
);
10823 Target_selector_arm
<false> target_selector_arm
;
10824 Target_selector_arm
<true> target_selector_armbe
;
10826 } // End anonymous namespace.